WO2005075426A1 - Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof - Google Patents

Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005075426A1
WO2005075426A1 PCT/IB2005/000264 IB2005000264W WO2005075426A1 WO 2005075426 A1 WO2005075426 A1 WO 2005075426A1 IB 2005000264 W IB2005000264 W IB 2005000264W WO 2005075426 A1 WO2005075426 A1 WO 2005075426A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formula
compound
substituted
amine
compound according
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2005/000264
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Abraham Thomas
Balasubramanian Gopalan
V.S. Prasada Rao Lingam
Daisy Manish Shah
Original Assignee
Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd. filed Critical Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
Publication of WO2005075426A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005075426A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/84—Nitriles
    • C07D213/85—Nitriles in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C211/00—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/43—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C211/44—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to only one six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C211/53—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to only one six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the amino groups further bound to a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/52—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups or amino groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/54—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/24—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carbamate groups bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/26—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carbamate groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C271/28—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carbamate groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/26—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/28—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/24—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/26—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated and containing rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/39—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton at least one of the nitrogen atoms being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom
    • C07C323/43—Y being a hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/70—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/70—Sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/71—Sulfur atoms to which a second hetero atom is attached
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/28—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/38—One sulfur atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42—One nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C07D257/06—Five-membered rings with nitrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/91—Dibenzofurans; Hydrogenated dibenzofurans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
    • C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
    • C07C2601/10—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being unsaturated

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel organic compounds, their analogs, tautomers, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them useful as dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors.
  • DPP-IV dipeptidyl peptidase IV
  • the present invention also relates to methods of preparing the cyclopentyl compounds and methods of treating diabetes, especially Type II diabetes, as well as impaired glucose homeostasis, impaired glucose tolerance, infertility, polycystic ovary syndrome, growth disorders, frailty, arthritis, allograft rejection in transplantation, autoimmune diseases, AIDS, intestinal diseases, inflammatory bowel syndrome, anorexia nervosa, osteoporosis, hyperglycemia, syndrome X, diabetic complications, hyperinsulinemia, obesity, atherosclerosis and related diseases, as well as various immunomodulatory diseases and chronic inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis) by administering such compounds.
  • diabetes especially Type II diabetes, as well as impaired glucose homeostasis, impaired glucose tolerance, infertility, polycystic ovary syndrome, growth disorders, frailty, arthritis, allograft rejection in transplantation, autoimmune diseases, AIDS, intestinal diseases, inflammatory bowel syndrome, anorexia ner
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Diabetes refers to a disease process derived from multiple causative factors and characterized by elevated levels of plasma glucose or hyperglycemia in the fasting state or after administration of glucose during an oral glucose tolerance test. Persistent or uncontrolled hyperglycemia is associated with increased and premature morbidity and mortality. Often abnormal glucose homeostasis is associated both directly and indirectly with alterations of the lipid, lipoprotein and apolipoprotein metabolism and other metabolic and hemodynamic disease. Therefore patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus are at especially increased risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications, including coronary heart disease, stroke, peripheral vascular disease, hypertension, nephropathy, neuropathy, and retinopathy.
  • diabetes mellitus There are two generally recognized forms of diabetes.
  • IDDM insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • NIDDM noninsulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • patients In Type II diabetes, or noninsulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), patients often have plasma insulin levels that are the same or even elevated compared to nondiabetic subjects; however, these patients have developed a resistance to the insulin stimulating effect on glucose and lipid metabolism in the main insulin-sensitive tissues, which are muscle, liver and adipose tissues, and the plasma insulin levels, while elevated, are insufficient to overcome the pronounced insulin resistance.
  • Insulin resistance is not primarily due to a diminished number of insulin receptors but to a post-insulin receptor binding defect that is not yet understood. This resistance to insulin responsiveness results in insufficient insulin activation of glucose uptake, oxidation and storage in muscle and inadequate insulin repression of Hpolysis in adipose tissue and of glucose production and secretion in the liver.
  • the available treatments for Type II diabetes which have not changed substantially in many years, have recognized limitations. While physical exercise and reductions in dietary intake of calories will dramatically improve the diabetic condition, compliance with this treatment is very poor because of well-entrenched sedentary lifestyles and excess food consumption, especially of foods containing high amounts of saturated fat.
  • sulfonylurea e.g., tolbutamide and glipizide
  • meglitinide which stimulate the pancreatic ⁇ -cells to secrete more insulin
  • injection of insulin when a sulphonylurea or meglitinide becomes ineffective can result in insulin concentration levels high enough to stimulate the very insulin-resistant tissues.
  • dangerously low levels of plasma glucose can result from administration of insulin or insulin secretagogues (sulfonylureas or meglitinides), and an increased level of insulin resistance due to the even higher plasma insulin levels can occur. Biguanides increase insulin sensitivity resulting in some correction of hyperglycemia.
  • phenformin can induce lactic acidosis and nausea/diarrhea.
  • Metformin has fewer side effects than phenformin and is often prescribed for the treatment of Type II diabetes.
  • the glitazones i.e., 5-benzylthiazolidine-2,4-diones
  • glitazones are a more recently described class of compounds with potential for ameliorating many symptoms of Type II diabetes. These agents substantially increase insulin sensitivity in muscle, liver and adipose tissue in several animal models of Type II diabetes resulting in partial or complete correction of the elevated plasma levels of glucose without occurrence of hypoglycemia.
  • the glitazones that are currently marketed are agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR), primarily the PPAR-gamma subtype.
  • PPAR-gamma agonism is generally believed to be responsible for the improved insulin sensitization that is observed with the glitazones.
  • Newer PPAR agonists that are being tested for treatment of Type II diabetes are agonists of the alpha, gamma or delta subtype, or a combination of these, and in many cases are chemically different from the glitazones (i.e., they are not thiazolidinediones). Serious side effects (e.g., liver toxicity) have occurred with some of the PPAR agonists, such as troglitazone.
  • DP-IV inhibitors in the treatment of Type II diabetes is based on the fact that DP-IV in vivo readily inactivates glucagon like peptide -1 (GLP-1) and gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP). GLP-1 and GIP are incretins and are produced when food is consumed. The increntins stimulate production of insulin. Inhibition of DP-IV leads to decreased inactivation of the incretins, and this in turn results in increased effectiveness of the incretins in stimulating production of insulin by pancreas. DP-IV inhibition therefore results in an increased level of serum insulin.
  • GLP-1 glucagon like peptide -1
  • GIP gastric inhibitory peptide
  • GLP-1 and GIP are incretins and are produced when food is consumed. The increntins stimulate production of insulin. Inhibition of DP-IV leads to decreased inactivation of the incretins, and this in turn results in increased effectiveness of the incretins in stimulating production of insulin by pancreas.
  • DP-TV inhibition is not expected to increase the level of insulin at inappropriate times, such as between meals, which can lead to excessively low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Inhibition of DP-TV is therefore expected to increase insulin without increasing the risk of hypoglycemia, which is a dangerous side effect associated with the use of insulin secretagogues.
  • DP-IV inhibitors may also have other therapeutic utilities, as discussed herein. DP-IV inhibitors have not been studied extensively to date, and generally have been used for indicators other than diabetes. Improved DP-IV inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes and potentially other diseases and conditions are needed.
  • Various compounds shown below are DPP-TV inhibitors, have reached advanced stages of human clinical trials:
  • the present invention relates to novel organic compounds, their analogs, tautomers, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
  • the present invention more particularly relates to novel dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors of the formula (I), their analogs, tautomers, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
  • DPP-IV dipeptidyl peptidase IV
  • the novel compounds are of general formula (I)
  • Y is -S (O) m , -CH 2 -, CHF, or -CF 2 ;
  • X is NR 3 , O or S (O) m ; m is 0, 1 or 2; the dotted line [ — ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond (i.e., a single or double bond); R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl ; R is hydrogen, nitrile (-CN), COOH, or isosteres of carboxylic acids, including, but not limited to, SO 3 H, CONOH, B(OH) 2 , PO 3 R 4 R 5 ,SO N R 4 R 5 , tetrazole, amides, esters and acid anhydrides;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy;
  • R and R may be the same or different and are independently hydrogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, acetyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylakyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
  • X is -NR - wherein R is hydrogen. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein X is O. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein X is S(O) m and m is 0 or 2. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein Y is CH 2 . Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein Y is CHF. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein Y is S(O) m and m is 0. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R 1 is phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R is 4- cyano phenyl.
  • Yet another preferred embodiment is a compound according to formula I, wherein R 1 is 5-cyanopyradin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, 2-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl, or 4- cyano-3-nitrophenyl; R 2 is a cyano group, X is -NH or O; Y is -CH 2 , -CHF, or S; and the dotted line is a single bond. Accordingly, in one embodiment, X is -NH.
  • Intermediates useful for the preparation of compounds of formula I include compounds of general formula (II) (ID wherein:
  • X is NR 3 , O or S (O) m ; m is 0, 1 or 2; R is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy;
  • PG is a suitable amino protecting group including, but not limited to, tertiary butyloxy (Boc), fluorenenylmethyl (Fmoc), carbenzyloxy (Cbz) or analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers and the salts thereof.
  • Other intermediates useful for the preparation of the compounds of formula I include compounds of general formula (III) -NH 2
  • R is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl,substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy or analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers and the salts thereof.
  • Compounds of the invention having a cyclopentane or a cyclopentene ring bearing 1,3-substituents can fall into a cis or trans geometry leading to mixture of compounds. Again, in principle, such substitution patterns with two chiral centers can result in up to two pairs of diastereomers. Therefore, the compounds of interest of the present invention may be prepared as a mixtures as well as single diastereomers.
  • optically active 1-aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid compounds of the present invention may be obtained by resolution or by asymmetric synthesis.
  • aryl refers to aromatic radicals having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, and biphenyl.
  • arylalkyl refers to an aryl group directly bonded to an alkyl group, e.g., -CH 2 C 6 H 5 , -C2H5C6H 5 and the like.
  • heterocyclic ring refers to a stable 3- to 15 membered ring radical which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the heterocyclic ring radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems, and the nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon, oxygen or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclic ring radical may be optionally oxidized to various oxidation states.
  • the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring radical may be partially or fully saturated (i.e., heteroaromatic or heteroaryl aromatic).
  • heterocyclic ring radicals include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, acridinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxanyl, benzofumyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, indolizinyl, naphthyridinyl, perhydroazepinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazoyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydroisouinolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2- oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidin
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic heterocyclic ring radical.
  • the heteroaryl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom.
  • heteroarylalkyl refers to a heteroaryl ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group.
  • the heteroarylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom from the alkyl group.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a heterocyclic ring radical.
  • the heterocyclyl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • heterocyclylalkyl refers to a heterocyclic ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group.
  • the heterocyclylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having no unsaturation, having from one to eight carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (isopropyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, and 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl).
  • alkenyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon double bond and which may be a straight or branched chain having about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), iso- propenyl, 2-methyl- 1 -propenyl, 1 -butenyl, and 2-butenyl.
  • alkynyi refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and having in the range of about 2 up to 12 carbon atoms (with radicals having in the range of about 2 up to 10 carbon atoms presently being preferred) e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, and butnyl.
  • alkoxy denotes an alkyl group attached via an oxygen linkage to the rest of the molecule. Representative examples of those groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 3 , and -OC 2 H 5 .
  • cycloalkyl denotes a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Nonlimiting examples of noncyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and examples of non-aromatic mono multicyclic rings include perhydronapththyl, adamantyl and norbornyl groups, bridged cyclic groups or sprirobicyclic groups e.g. sprio (4,4) non-2-yl.
  • cycloalkylalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl radical containing about 3 to 8 carbon atoms directly attached to an alkyl group which are then attached to the main structure at any carbon from the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure, such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, and cyclopentylethyl.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to a non-aromatic cyclic ring-containing radical containing about 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one carbon- carbon double bond such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, and cyclopentenyl.
  • the substituents in the 'substituted alkyl', 'substituted alkoxy', 'substituted alkenyl', 'substituted alkynyP, 'substituted cycloalkyl', 'substituted cycloalkylalklyl', 'substituted cycloalkenyl', 'substituted aryl', 'substituted arylalkyl', 'substituted heteroaryl', 'substituted heterocyclic ring', 'substituted heterocycloalkyl', 'substituted heteroarylalkyl' , 'substituted amino' and 'substituted carboxylic acid' derivatives may be the same or different and may be one or more independently selected from the groups such as hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, carboxyl, cyano, nitro,
  • the term "treat” includes one or more of the following: (a) arresting, delaying the onset (i.e., the period prior to clinical manifestation of a disorder) and/or reducing the risk of developing or worsening a disorder; (b) relieving or alleviating at least one symptom of a disorder in a mammal, including for example, hypercalcemia; or (c) relieving or alleviating the intensity and/or duration of a manifestation of a disorder experienced by a mammal including, but not limited to, those which are in response to a given stimulus (e.g., pressure, tissue injury or cold temperature).
  • a given stimulus e.g., pressure, tissue injury or cold temperature
  • treat also includes prophylaxis, i.e., prophylactically preventing, curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving, or affecting a condition (e.g., a disease), the symptoms of the condition, or the predisposition toward the condition.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to compounds or compositions that are physiologically tolerable and do not typically produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction, including, but not limited to, gastric upset or dizziness, when administered to a mammal.
  • an “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound of the invention (including its solvates, active metabolites, prodrugs, or racemates or enantiomers thereof (assuming the salt has a chiral center)) that, when administered to a mammal for treating or preventing a state, disorder or condition is sufficient to effect such treatment or prophylaxis.
  • the “effective amount” will vary depending on the active ingredient, the state, disorder, or condition to be treated and its severity, and the age, weight, physical condition and responsiveness of the mammal to be treated.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts forming part of this invention include salts derived from inorganic bases such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, and Mn; salts of organic bases such as N,N'-diacetylethylenediamine, glucamine, triethylamine, choline, hydroxide, dicyclohexylamine, metformin, benzylamine, trialkylamine, and thiamine; chiral bases such as alkylphenylamine, glycinol, and phenyl glycinol; salts of natural amino acids such as glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, tyrosine, cystine, cysteine, methionine, proline, hydroxy proline, histidine, ornithine, lysine, arginine, andserine; quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds of invention with alkyl
  • Salts may include acid addition salts where appropriate and include sulphates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates, borates, hydrohalides, acetates such as trifluroacetate , tartrates, maleates, citrates, fumarates, succinates, palmoates, methanesulphonates, benzoates, salicylates, benzenesulfonates, ascorbates, glycerophosphates, and ketoglutarates.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates may be hydrates or comprise other solvents of crystallization such as alcohols.
  • the compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods known to the skilled artisan.
  • the present invention includes within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug or hydrate thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the present invention may be prepared by conventional techniques, such as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th . Ed., 2000.
  • the compositions may be unit dosage forms, including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or topical formulations.
  • compositions include a compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable basic addition salt or prodrug or hydrate thereof, associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which may be a carrier or a diluent or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which may be a carrier or a diluent or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • the active compound can be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, which may be in the form of an ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container.
  • the carrier When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material that acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound.
  • the active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container for example in a sachet.
  • suitable carriers are water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, polyhydroxyethoxylated castor oil, peanut oil, olive oil, gelatin, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, dextrin, magnesium carbonate, sugar, cyclodextrin, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose, silicic acid, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, fatty acid monoglycerides and diglycerides, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax.
  • the formulations may also include wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents or flavoring agents.
  • the formulations of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures well known in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be sterilized and/or mixed, if desired, with auxiliary agents, emulsifiers, salt for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers and/or coloring substances, which do not deleteriously react with the active compounds.
  • the route of administration may be any route, which effectively transports the active compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV to the appropriate or desired site of action, such as oral, nasal, pulmonary, buccal, subdermal, intradermal, transdermal or parenteral, e.g., rectal, depot, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraurethral, intramuscular, intranasal, ophthalmic solution or an ointment.
  • the oral route is preferred. If a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge.
  • the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution.
  • injectable solutions or suspensions preferably aqueous solutions with the active compound dissolved in polyhydroxylated castor oil.
  • Tablets, dragees, or capsules having talc and/or a carbohydrate carrier or binder or the like are particularly suitable for oral application.
  • Preferable carriers for tablets, dragees, or capsules include lactose, cornstarch, and/or potato starch.
  • a syrup or elixir can be used in cases where a sweetened vehicle can be employed.
  • a typical tablet that may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain: 1 Core: Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 250 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide (Aerosil ® ) 1.5 mg Cellulose, microcryst. (Avicel ® ) 70 mg Modified cellulose gum (Ac-Di-Sol ® ) 7.5 mg Magnesium stearate Ad. Coating: HPMC approx. 9 mg *Mywacett 9-40 T approx. 0.9 mg *Acylated monoglyceride used as plasticizer for film coating. Where the term "compound of Formula I" is used, it is understood that this also encompasses subgeneric formulas II and III.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of a condition that may be regulated or normalized via inhibition of DPP- IV.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I)
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of metabolic disorders.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for lowering blood glucose.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeuticalTy effective amount for the treatment of Type II diabetes.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT).
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of impaired fasting glucose (IFG).
  • IGF impaired fasting glucose
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the prevention of hyperglycemia.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) to Type II diabetes.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring Type II diabetes to insulin requiring Type II diabetes.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for increasing the number and/or the size of beta cells in a subject.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of beta cell degeneration, in particular apoptosis of beta cells.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of disorders of food intake.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I)
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of obesity.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for appetite regulation or induction of satiety.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of dyslipidemia.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of functional dyspepsia, in particular irritable bowel syndrome.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered to a mammal, especially a human in need of such treatment, prevention, elimination, alleviation or amelioration of the various diseases as mentioned above, e.g., Type II diabetes, IGT, IFG, obesity, and appetite regulation, or as a blood glucose lowering agent.
  • the compounds of the invention are particularly useful for treating Type II diabetes in mammals. Such mammals include also humans, domestic animals, e.g. household pets, and non-domestic animals such as wildlife.
  • the compounds of the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, per day may be used. A most preferable dosage is about 0.5 mg to about 250 mg per day.
  • the compounds of the present invention are dispensed in unit dosage forms comprising from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg of active ingredient together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier per unit dosage.
  • dosage forms suitable for oral, nasal, pulmonary or transdermal administration comprise from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.5 mg to about 250 mg of the compounds admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Still another embodiment of the present invention encompasses prodrugs of a compound, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of a compound of the invention, which are readily convertible in vivo into a compound of the invention.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in H. Bundgaard, Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985 ed.).
  • the invention also encompasses active metabolites of a compound of the invention.
  • the coupling sequence of the fragments (l)-(4) can be altered and the compounds of general formula I can be obtained by a variety of other methods known to persons skilled in the art.
  • the compounds can be isolated and purified by methods known in the art, e.g., by distilling off the solvent in a vacuum and recrystallizing the residue obtained from a suitable solvent or subjecting it to a purification method, such as column chromatography on a suitable support material.
  • Salts are obtained by dissolving the free compound in a suitable solvent, e.g, in a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride or chloroform or a low molecular weight aliphatic alcohol (ethanol, isopropanol), which contains the desired acid or base, or to which the desired acid or base is then added.
  • a chlorinated hydrocarbon such as methylene chloride or chloroform or a low molecular weight aliphatic alcohol (ethanol, isopropanol)
  • the salts are obtained by filtering, reprecipitating, precipitating with a non-solvent for the addition salt or by evaporating the solvent. Salts obtained can be converted by basification or by acidifying into the free compounds which, in turn can be converted into salts.
  • the ethereal solvents used in the above described processes for the preparation of compounds of the formula (I) are selected from diethyl ether, 1,2- dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, and 1,4 dioxane.
  • the chlorinated solvent which may be employed may be selected from dichloromethane, 1,2- dichloroethane, chloroform, and carbontetrachloride.
  • the aromatic solvents which may be employed may be selected from benzene and toluene.
  • the alchoholic solvents which may be employed may be selected from methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso propanol, and tert-butanol.
  • the aprotic solvents which may be employed may be selected from N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide and the like.
  • the compounds prepared in the above described processes are obtained in pure form by using well known techniques such as crystallization using solvents such as pentane, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, chloroform, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetone, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, water or their combinations, or column chromatography using alumina or silica gel and eluting the column with solvents such as hexane, petroleum ether (petether), chloroform, ethyl acetate, acetone, methanol or their combinations.
  • polymorphs of a compound of general formula (I) forming part of this invention may be prepared by crystallization of compound of formula (I) under different conditions, example, using different solvents commonly used or their mixtures for recrystallization; crystallizations at different temperatures, various modes of cooling, ranging from very fast to very slow cooling during crystallizations. Polymorphs may also be obtained by heating or melting the compound followed by gradual or fast cooling. The presence of polymorphs may be determined by solid probe NMR spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, powder X-ray diffraction or such other techniques.
  • the present invention provides novel organic compounds of general formula (I), their analogs, their tautomers, their regioisomers, their stereoisomers, their enantiomers, their diastreomers, their polymorphs, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, their appropriate N-oxides and their pharmaceutically acceptable solvates.
  • the present invention also provides with a novel organic compounds of general formula (2) their analogs, their tautomers, their regioisomers, their stereoisomers, their enantiomers, their diastreomers and the salts thereof.
  • the present invention also provides with a novel organic compounds of general formula (3) their analogs, their tautomers, their regioisomers, their stereoisomers, their enantiomers, their diastreomers and the salts thereof
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions, containing compounds of general formula I) as defined above, their derivatives, their analogs, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their polymorphs, their enantiomers, their diasteromers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or their pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in combination with the usual pharmaceutically employed carriers, diluents and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions according to this invention can be used for the treatment of allergic disorders.
  • some of the compounds of general formula (I) defined above according to the invention can contain one or more asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms.
  • the presence of one or more of these asymmetric centers in the compounds of general formula (I) can give rise to stereoisomers and in each case the invention is to be understood to extend to all such stereoisomers, including enantiomers and diastereomers and their mixtures, including racemic mixtures.
  • the invention may also contain E & Z geometrical isomers wherever possible in the compounds of general formula (I) which includes the single isomer or mixture of both the isomers.
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one: A solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (144 g, 660.5 mmol) in THF (100 ml) was added (20 min) to a stirred solution of ( ⁇ )-2-azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (60 g, 549.8 mmol), triethylamine (83.5 g, 824.6 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (6.7 g, 54.8 mmol) in THF (500 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 4 h at room temperature.
  • Step 2 cts-( ⁇ )-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (30.0 g, 143.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) was added IN sodium hydroxide solution (300 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and acidified to pH 3.5 with IN hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 200 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 300 ml), brine (300 ml) and dried ( ⁇ a 2 SO 4 ).
  • Step 1 czs-( ⁇ )-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]he ⁇ tane-3-one.
  • Step 1 a solution of cis-( ⁇ )-2- N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (18.0 g, 86.02 mmol) obtained from Intermediate 1, Step 1 in EtOAc (180 ml) was added 5 % Pd/C (1.5 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 2 h at room temperature.
  • Step 2 cz ' s-( ⁇ )-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l -carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 42.60 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (45 ml) was added IN sodium hydroxide solution (90 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and acidified to pH 3.5 with IN hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried ( ⁇ a 2 SO 4 ). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 9.5 g (97 %) of the product as a white solid. The product isolated was identical in all respects with that obtained from Method A.
  • Method A Sodium borohydride (1.43 g, 37.8 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of ( ⁇ )-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]-heptane-3-one (8.0 g, 37.86 mmol) obtained from Step 1, Method B of Intermediate 2 in 10 % aqueous THF (100 ml) at 0 °C. A second lot of sodium borohydride (1.43 g, 37.8 mmol) was added after 0.5 h at the same temperature and the mixture was stirred at 0-10 °C for 4 h. The excess reagent was quenched with 1NHC1 and the reaction mixture acidified to pH 5.0.
  • Method B Ethyl chloroformate (4.73 g, 43.58 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (10 g, 43.66 mmol) and TEA (4.42 g, 43.76 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) at 0 °C over 5 min under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 30 min at the same temperature. It was then filtered to remove the precipitated triethylamine hydrochloride. The filtrate containing the mixed anhydride was slowly added to a stirred suspension of ⁇ aBH 4 (4.95 g, 130.84 mmol) in 20 % aqueous THF (100 ml) maintained at 10 °C.
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (3.51 g, 30.6 mmol) was added to a stirred and cooled (10 °C) solution of Intermediate 3 (6 g, 27.88 mmol) and triethylamine (3.66 g, 36.16 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (100 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 min and then diluted with water (150 ml). The organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 200 ml) and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • Step 1 cts-( ⁇ )-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Sodium azide (3.1 g, 47.6 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 4 (7.0 g, 23.8 mmol) in DMF (100 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 6 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (500 ml) and water
  • Step 2 czs-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine: To a solution of azide, from Step 1 (5.0 g, 20.8 mmol) in methanol (100 ml) was added 5 % Pd-C ( 300 mg) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 3 h at room temperature. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4.45 g of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the coupling reaction.
  • Intermediate 6 (lS,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-AminocycIopentane-l-carboxylic acid H0 2 C , / ⁇ , NHBOC
  • Step 1 (lS,4R)-(+)-4-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one: This intermediate was prepared from (lS,4i?)-(+)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (10 g, 91.74 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (26 g, 119.26 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (13.92 g, 137.5 mmol) and DMAP (1.1 g, 9.17 mmol) in THF (50 ml) as described in Intermediate 1, Step 1 to give 19.3 g, (100 %) of the product as a white solid; IR and ! H ⁇ MR spectra of the product were identical with that of the racemic product from Intermediate 2.
  • Step 2 (li-,4S)-(+)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptan-3-one:
  • the Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 43.26 mmol) was hydrogenated using 5 % Pd-C (1.0 g) as described in Method B, Intermediate 2 gave 9.0 g of the product as a white solid; TR and ! H ⁇ MR spectra were identical with that of racemic product.
  • Step 2 (lS,3i?)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid: To a solution of Step 1 intermediate (8.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (150 ml) was added 5 % Pd- C (1.0 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 3 h at RT to give 8.0 g of the product as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.
  • Step 1 intermediate 8.0 g, 35.2 mmol
  • ethyl acetate 150 ml
  • Pd- C %
  • Method B The mixed anhydride of (lS,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l- carboxlic acid (9.0 g, 39.3 mmol) prepared from ethyl chloroformate (4.69 g, 43.21 mmol) and TEA (4.36 g, 43.08 mmol) in dry THF was treated with ⁇ aBH 4 (4.45 g, 117.6 mmol) in 20 % aqueous THF as described in Intermediate 3, Method B to give 7.0 (83.3 %) of the alcohol as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.
  • Step 1 (lS,3i?)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Reaction of Intermediate 8 (8.0 g, 27.3 mmol) with sodium azide (3.5 g, 53.8 mmol) in dry DMF (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 5 gave 6.5 g (100 %) of the azide as an oil.
  • Step 2 (lS,3#)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclo ⁇ entylmethylamine: The azide (6.0 g, 25.0 mmol) from Step 1 dissolved in methanol (150 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd/C (300 mg) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 2 to give 5.35 g (100 %) of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the coupling reaction.
  • Intermediate 10 (3S,li?)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid H0 2 Cv ⁇ ⁇ . ⁇ HBOC Method A:
  • Step 1 (4S,li?)-(-)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one:
  • This intermediate was prepared from (li?,4S)-(-)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (10 g, 91.74 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (23.9 g, 109.6 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (13.90 g, 137.3 mmol) and DMAP (1.1 g, 9.00 mmol) in THF (50 ml) as described in Intermediate 2, Step 1 (Method B) to give 19.1 g (100 %) of the product as a white solid; IR and X H ⁇ MR spectra were identical with that of the racemic intermediate.
  • Step 2 (4i?,lS)-(-)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptan-3-one: Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 43.01 mmol) was hydrogenated using Pd-C (1.0 g) as described in
  • Step 2 (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid:
  • the Step 1 intermediate (8.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (100 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd-C (1.0 g) as described in Intermediate 2, Method A to give 8.01 g of the product as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.
  • Method B Reduction of (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid (8.5 g, 37.07 mmol) as described in the preparation of Intermediate 3, Method B gave 7.0 g of the alcohol as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.
  • Intermediate 12 (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-AminocycIopentylmethyl methanesulfonate HaCOzSOHzC ⁇ -V ⁇ HBOC
  • Step 1 (3S,li?)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Intermediate 12 (8.0 g, 27.3 mmol) was treated with sodium azide (3.5 g, 54.4 mmol) in DMF (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 1 to give 6.5 g (100 %) of the azide as an oil.
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine:
  • the azide (6.0 g, 25.0 mmol) from Step 1 in methanol (150 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd/C (300 mg) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 2 to give 5.35 g (100 %) of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the coupling reaction.
  • Intermediate 14 c ⁇ s-( ⁇ )-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-enylmethylamine H 2 ⁇ H 2 O / ⁇ . ⁇ HB0C
  • Step 1 cts-(+)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-enylmethanol: Method A: To a solution of cw-( ⁇ )-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2, l]hept-5-ene-3-one (5.0 g, 23.89 mmol) obtained from Intermediate 1, Step 1 in 10 % aqueous THF (50 ml) was added sodium borohydride (1.8 g, 47.78 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 0- 10 °C for 5 h. Excess reagent was quenched with IN HC1 and the pH was adjusted to 6.
  • Step 4 cz'5-( ⁇ )-4-N-BOC-Amino-2-cyclopentenylmethylamine.
  • Triphenylphosphine (3.0 g, 11.43 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of the azide from Step 3 (2.5 g, 10.49 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) at RT over 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was quenched with water (0.5 ml) and further stirred for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was filtered to remove the precipitated triphenylphosphine oxide and the filtrate was evaporated to give the crude a ine, which was used as such for the coupling reaction.
  • Step 1 cts-(-k)-Methyl 3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylate: This intermediate was prepared by the hydrolytic cleavage of cz's-( ⁇ )-2- azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptane-3-one followed by esterification and amino group protection by following a similar approach as described in the literature (Tetrahedron Zett.
  • Step 2 trazz5-( ⁇ )-Methyl-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylate: To a solution of Step 1 intermediate (20 g, 82.20 mmol) in dry methanol (200 ml) was added sodium methoxide (6.65 g, 123.30 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 6 h to result an equilibrium mixture of cis- and trans esters. The more polar trans ester was separated from the cis isomer by careful silica gel column chromatography using 5 % EtOAc in petroleum ether as eluent.
  • Step 3 tr ⁇ «s-( ⁇ )-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol: To a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 34.89 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) was added lithium borohydride (2.64 g, 69.8 mmol) in portions over a period of 30 min. The mixture was further stirred at RT for 12 h. Excess lithium borohydride was quenched with 1NHC1 at °0 C. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (200 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried ( ⁇ a 2 SO 4 ).
  • Step 4 tr ⁇ 7 ⁇ s-( ⁇ )-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate: Reaction of Step 3 intermediate (4.0 g, 18.57 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride (2.34 g, 20.4 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (2.44 g, 24.1 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (80 ml) as described in Intermediate 4 gave 5.2 g of the product as a white solid; TR (KBr) 3342, 1977, 1681, 1532, 1359, 1346, 1248, 1170, 1103, 976, 950 cm "1 ; !
  • Chloroacetyl chloride (5.25 g, 46.46 mmol) was added to a stirred cooled (0 °C) solution of pyrrolidine (3.0 g, 42.25 mmol) and triethylamine (6.4 g, 63.36 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (50 ml) and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane (150 ml) and washed with water (2 x 200 ml), brine (200 ml) and dried ( ⁇ a 2 SO 4 ). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous residue.
  • Step 1 (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: This intermediate was prepared in 5 steps from L-(-)-4-hydroxyproline using a literature procedure (WO 03/002553 A2)
  • Step 2 (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: To a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (10 g, 43.10 mmol) in dry THF (50 ml) was added triethylamine (13.93 g, 138 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (14.5 g, 69.05 mmol).
  • Step 3 (2S,4S)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile / 3-methylbenzenesuTfonate: 4- Methyl-benzenesulfonic acid monohydrate (15.2 g, 79.91 mmol) was added to a solution of step 2 intermediate (8.5 g, 39.72 mmol) in acetonitrile (170 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a brown residue which was taken up in dry diethyl ether (200 ml) and stirred for 1 h. The white crystalline product separated out was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 10.5 g (87 %) of the product as a pale pink solid.
  • Step 4 (2S,4S)-l-(2-Chloroacetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • a solution of step 3 intermediate (10 g, 32.89 mmol ) and triethylamine (4.32 g, 42.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 ml) was added drop wise to a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of chloroacetyl chloride (4.81 g, 32.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) over a period of 10 min.
  • the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 h and diluted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and water (100 ml) under stirring.
  • the layers were separated.
  • Step 1 (4S)-l,3-thiazolane-4-carboxylic acid: This intermediate was prepared from L-cysteine hydrochloride using a literature procedure (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59, 200-206)
  • Step 2 (4S)-N-BOC-l,3-thiazolane-4-carboxylic acid: A solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (21.3 g, 0.977 mol) in acetonitrile (20 ml) was added to a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (10.0 g, 0.075 mol) and triethylamine (18.98 g, 0.188 mol) in 50 % aqueous acetonitile (100 ml) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Acetonitrile was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residual aqueous solution was acidified with IN HC1 to pH 3-4.
  • Step 3 (4S)-N-BOC-l,3-thiazolane-4-carboxamide: To a stirred and cooled (-15 °C) solution of step 2 intermediate (10 g, 42.918 mmol) and triethylamine (7.15 g, 70.79 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) was added ethyl chloroformate (7.68 g, 70.79 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere to result a white precipitate. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 min and 30 % aqueous ⁇ H 4 OH (100 ml) solution was added drop-wise over a period of 20 min.
  • Step 4 (4S)-N-BOC-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: To a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of step 3 intermediate (7.0 g, 30.04 mmol) and triethylamine (9.2 g, 91.09 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (35 ml) was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (9.46 g, 45.05 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h.
  • Step 5 (4S)-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile / methylbenzenesulfonate: 4- Methylbenzene-sulfonic acid monohydrate (7.73 g, 40.68 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of step 4 intermediate (5.8 g, 27.10 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (50 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the oily residue obtained was triturated with dry diethyl ether (100 ml) to give 7.21 g (93 %) of the product as a white crystalline solid.
  • Step 6 (4S)-3-(2-Chloroacetyl)-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: A mixture of step 5 intermediate (7.0 g, 23.03 mmol) and triethylamine (3.02 g, 29.90 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 ml) was added drop wise (10 min) to a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of chloroacetyl chloride (2.58 g, 23.03 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 ml) over 20 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h and diluted with water (100 ml).
  • Step 1 czs-( ⁇ )-6-[ -N-BO
  • a mixture of Intermediate 5 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol), 6-chloronicotinonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) and KHCO 3 (2.4 g, 24.0 mmol) in dry DMF (50 ml) was heated at 80 °C for 3 h under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and water (200 ml) under stirring. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 ml).
  • Step 2 ct5 , -( ⁇ )-6-[3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile:
  • a solution of 12 % HC1 in EtOAc (20 ml) was added to Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) at 10 °C and the solution was maintained at the same temperature for 15 min under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the solution was diluted with water (20 ml) and the layers were separated.
  • the aqueous layer containing the product was basified to pH 10 with solid K 2 CO 3 and the solution was extracted with DCM (4 x 50 ml).
  • the combined organic layers were dried (Na 2 SO ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 683 mg of the amine, which was used as such for the next reaction.
  • Step 3 cz'5-( ⁇ )-6-(3-[2-(l-Pyrrolidinyl)-2-oxoethylamino]cyclopentylmethylamino)- nicotinonitrile:
  • a solution of intermediate 16 (232 mg, 1.57) in dry THF (10 ml) was added (2 h) to a stirred and cooled (10 °C) mixture of the amine from Step 2 (680 mg, 3.15 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the temperature of the reaction mixture was slowly raised to room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h.
  • Step 1 6-[(lS,3i?)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile:
  • This product was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol) and 6- chloronicotmonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) using KHCO 3 (2.4 g, 24 mmol) in dry DMF (50 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 6.0 g (81 %) of the product as a white solid:
  • Step 2 6-[(lS,3i?)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This product was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) using a solution of 12 % HCI in EtOAc (20 ml) as described in Example 1, step 2 to give 683 mg of the amine, which was used as such for next reaction.
  • Step 3 6-((lS,3R)-3- ⁇ 2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino ⁇ cyclopentyl- methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile:
  • This product was synthesized from Step 2 intermediate (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (232 mg, 1.57) using K2CO 3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and ⁇ al (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 300 mg (27 %) of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 1 6-[(li-,3S)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile:
  • This product was synthesized from Intermediate 13 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol) and 6- chloronicotinonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) using KHCO 3 (2.4 g, 24 mmol) in dry DMF (50 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 5.98 g (81 %) of the product as a white solid;
  • Step 2 6-[(lR,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This product was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) using 12 % HCI in EtOAc (20 ml) as described in Example 1, step 2 to give 683 mg of the amine, which was used as such for next reaction.
  • Step 3 6-((lR,3S)-3- ⁇ 2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino ⁇ cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile:
  • This product was synthesized from Step 2 intermediate (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (232 mg, 1.57) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and ⁇ al (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, step 3 gave 300 mg (27 %) of the product as a semisolid;
  • Step 1 cz5-( ⁇ )-6-[4-N-BOC-Amino-2-cyclopentenylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Intermediate 14 (2.83 g, 8.96 mmol) and 6- chloronicotinonitrile (1.24 g, 8.96 mmol) using KHCO3 (1.41 g, 13.97 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 1.1 g (40 %) of the product as a solid;
  • Step 2 cz5-(+)-6-[4-Amino-2-cyclopentenylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile:
  • the amine was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.19 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 650 mg of the product, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 c ⁇ -( ⁇ )-6-((4Si?,li?S)-4- ⁇ 2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino ⁇ - 2-cyclopentenylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared by coupling reaction of free amine from Step 2 (650 mg, 3.00 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (274 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K CO 3 (437 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (238 mg, 1.58 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 250 mg of the product as a viscous residue: IR (neat) 3313, 2953, 2214, 1655, 1518, 1412, 1301, 1212, 1145 cm "1 ; l ⁇ .
  • Step 2 tr ⁇ r ⁇ -( ⁇ )-6-(3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile:
  • the free amine was generated from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.18 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 671 mg of the amine as a viscous liquid which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 6-((li?S,3i?S)-3- ⁇ 2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino ⁇ cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile:
  • the amine from Step 2 (655 mg, 3.03 mmol) was coupled with Intermediate 18 (274 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K2CO3 (437 mg, 3.15 mmol) and ⁇ al (238 mg, 1.58 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 282 mg of the product as a viscous residue:
  • Step 1 (4S)-3- ⁇ 2-(lSi?,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl ⁇ -l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: Reaction of c ⁇ -( ⁇ )-6-(3- Aminocyclopentylmethyl-amino)nicotinonitrile (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) with Intermediate 20 (300 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 276 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3366, 2943, 2213, 1664, 1607, 1517, 1405, 1302, 1211 cm “1 ; l R NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.33 (m, IH), 1.60-2.09 (m
  • Step 2 (4S)-3- ⁇ 2-(lSR,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl ⁇ -l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride:
  • the dihydrochloride salt was prepared form Step 1 intermediate (50 mg) using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane as described in Example 4 gave 52 mg of the product as a white solid:
  • 1H NMR (D 2 O, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.33- 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.15 (m, IH), 2.29-2.40 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.41 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.68 (m, IH), 4.03-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.51 (d, J
  • Step 1 (4S)-3- ⁇ 2-(li?S,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl ⁇ -l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from trans-( ⁇ )-6- (3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile from Example 13, Step 2 (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 20 (300 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, step 3 to give 270 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3414, 2935, 2214, 1666, 1607, 1401, 1303 cm "1 ; t ⁇ NMR CCDCU, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.26-1.36 (m, IH), 1.39- 1.80 (m,
  • Step 2 (4S)-3- ⁇ 2-(lRS,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl ⁇ -l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride:
  • the dihydrochloride salt was prepared form Step 1 intermediate (50 mg) using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane (5 ml) as described in Example 4 to give 53 mg of the product as a white solid: Mp.
  • Step 1 c ⁇ -( ⁇ )-l-BOC-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: A mixture of Intermediate 5 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol), 2-chloropyrimidine (1.07 g, 9.34 mmol) and KHCO 3 (1.41 g, 13.974 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was stirred at 80 °C for 18 h under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step 2 cts , -( ⁇ )-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.3 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 890 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3Si?,li?S)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl ⁇ -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Intermediate 18 (373 mg, 2.16 mmol) and Step 2 intermediate (830 mg, 4.32 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (597 mg, 4.32 mmol) and Nal (324 mg, 2.16 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, step 3 to give 300 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Example 20 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3S,lR)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl ⁇ - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine:
  • This intermediate was prepared from Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) and 2- chloropyrimidine (1.07 g, 9.34 mmol) in the presence of KHCO 3 (1.41 g, 13.974 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 18 to give 1.4 g of the product as a white solid:
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.2 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 850 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3S,li?)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl ⁇ - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (830 mg, 4.32 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (373 mg, 2.16 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (597 mg, 4.32 mmol) and ⁇ al (324 mg, 2.16 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 300 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3307, 2949, 2240, 1659, 1598, 1414, 1367 cm "1 ; ⁇ ⁇ MR ⁇ DCls, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.17-1.26 (m, IH), 1.54-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.90 (brs, 2H), 2.04-2.33 (m, 5H), 3.12-3.
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(3i?,lS)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 13 (2 g, 9.34 mmol) and 2- chloropvrimidine(l .07 g, 9.34 mmol) using KHCO3 (1.41 g, 13.97 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 18, to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3362, 2959, 1680, 1602, 1524, 1253, 1170 cm “1 ; ⁇ NMR ⁇ DCls, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.12-1.25 (m, IH), 1.37-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.84 (m, IH), 1.99-2.05 (m, IH), 2.15-2.27 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.95 (brs, IH), 4.99 (b
  • Step 2 (3i?,lS)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (800 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 515 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3i?,lS)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.59 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (224 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (358 mg, 2.59 mmol) and Nal (194 mg, 1.29 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in the Example 1, Step 3 to gave 150 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 1 Nl -BOC-(3S, li?)-3-(l -Phenyl-IH- 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetraazol-5-ylaminomethyl)- cyclopentan-1 -amine: This compound was prepared by the reaction of Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) with 2-chlorophenyltetrazole (1.86 g, 10.30 mmol) in the presence of K 2 CO 3 (1.55 g, 11.23 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) at room temperature for 12 h.
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-(l-Phenyl-lH-l,2,3,4-tetraazol-5-ylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l- amine: To a stirred and cooled (10°C) solution of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.396 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 10 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 519 mg of the product as its TFA salt which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-1 - ⁇ 2-[(3S, li?)-3-(l -Phenyl-lH-1 ,2,3,4-tetraazol-5-ylaminomethyl)cyclo- pentylamino]acetyl ⁇ -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (519, 1.396 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (120 mg, 0.695 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (578 mg, 4.188 mmol) and Nal (104 mg, 0.695 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, step3 to give (100 mg) of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3306, 2953, 2242, 1659, 1609, 1503, 1410, 1216 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 1 ct5-( ⁇ )-Ni-BOC-3-(3-Chloro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 5 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) and 2,4- dichloronitrobenezene (1.79 g, 9.34 mmol) using KHCO 3 (1.40 mg, 14.00 mmol) in DMF (25 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 1.0 g of the product as a yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3350, 2935, 1684, 1623, 1568, 1527, 1306, 1253, 1053 cm “1 ; 1H NMR (CDCI 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.125-1.17 (m, IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.41 ( , 2H), 3.22-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.98 (br s, I
  • Step 2 c ⁇ -( ⁇ )-3-(3-Chloro-4-nitiOanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.65 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 470 mg of the amine as a yellow solid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(3SR, lRS)-3-(3 -chloro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl ⁇ -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (469 mg, 1.74 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (150 mg, 0.869 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (240 mg, 1.71 mmol), Nal (130 mg, 086 mmol) and dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 162 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 2 ct5'-( ⁇ )-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (900 mg, 2.535 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 500 mg of the product as a yellow solid.
  • Step 3 (2S)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(3SR, li?S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl ⁇ -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (296 mg, 1.160 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (100 mg, 0579 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (161 mg, 1.607 mmol), Nal (87 mg, 0.58 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 83 mg of the product as a yellow semisolid:
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2-fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 9 (2.1 g, 9.813 mmol) and 3,4- difluoronitrobenzene (1.56 g, 9.813 mmol) using KHCO 3 (1.47 mg, 14.719) in DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 3.0 g of the compound as a yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3312, 2973, 1696, 1551, 1510, 1367, 1162 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 2 (3S,lR)-3-(2-fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethy)cyclopentylamine: This compound was prepared from Stepl intermediate (1.5 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 1.0 g of the product as a yellow solid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(li?,3S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (900 mg, 3.55 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (306 mg, 1.77 mmol) using K2CO3 (981 mg, 7.108 mmol) and ⁇ al (265 mg, 1.77 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 250 mg of the compound as a yellow semisolid:
  • 1H ⁇ MR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.43 (d, J 14.7 Hz, IH), 1.64-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.84-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.36 (m, 4H),
  • Step 1 czs'-( ⁇ )-2,4,5-trifluorol-[3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]benzene:
  • Step 2 ct5-( ⁇ )-Nl-BOC-3-(2,4,5-trifluoroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: Borane- methyl sulfide complex (1.34 ml, 13.95 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Stepl intermediate (1.0 g, 2.79 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was then heated at 60 °C for 30 min under nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (50 ml) and then extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 ml). The organic extract was washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried.
  • Step 3 cz.s-( ⁇ )-3-(2,4,5-trifluoroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 190 mg of the compound as a yellow solid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 1 cz5-( ⁇ )-Nl-BOC-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: A mixture of Intermediate 4 (950 mg, 3.24 mmol), thiophenol (428 mg, 3.89 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (681 mg, 4.86 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was stined at 70 °C for 3 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (150 ml) and washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried ( ⁇ a 2 SO ).
  • Step 2 cz5-( ⁇ )-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 500 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3SR,li?S)-3- ⁇ henylsulfanylmethylcyclo ⁇ entylamino]acetytl ⁇ - pyrro-lidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (396 mg, 1.913 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (165 mg, 0.956 mmol) using K 2 CO (264 mg, 1.91 mmol) and Nal (143 mg, 0.956 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 147 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3316, 1947, 1661, 1412, 1313 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 1 cw-( ⁇ )-Nl-BOC-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: m-Chloro- perbenzoic acid (1.4 g, 4.06 mmol) was added to a well-stined and cooled (10 °C) solution of Nl-BOC-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine (500 mg, 1.62 mmol) from Example 28 in chloroform (25 ml) and the mixture was further stined at the same temperature for 1 h. The excess m-chloroperbenzoic acid was quenched with aqueous sodium sulfite solution.
  • Step 2 cw-( ⁇ )-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (850 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 480 mg of the amine as a semisolid which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-1 - ⁇ 2-[(3Si?,li?S)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetytl ⁇ - pyno- lidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 2.25 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (107 mg, 1.62 mmol) using K CO 3 (345 mg, 2.50 mmol) and Nal (187 mg, 1.246 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 50 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3400, 2953, 2239, 1658, 1446, 1303, 1148 cm “1 ; ⁇ NMR ⁇ DCls, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.15-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.50 (m, IH), 1.74-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.40 (m, 7H), 3.09-3.69 (m,
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 8 (3.0 g, 10.23 mmol) and thiophenol (1.13 g, 10.23 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (2.0 g, 14.49 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 3.0 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3406, 2968, 1687, 1513, 1364, 1297, 1172 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Stepl intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 675 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-(3S,lR)-3-Phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (400 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Nal (217 mg, 1.44 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • 1H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.13-1.17 (m, IH), 1.47-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.85 (brs, 2H), 2.10-2.31 (m, 7H), 2.98 (dd, J 5.1, 2.1 Hz, 2
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared by the oxidation of Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3- Phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-1 -amine (1.4g, 4.56 mmol), obtained from Example 30 using 50 % m-chloroperbenzoic acid (3.93 g , 11.3 mmol) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.4 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3381, 2975, 1715, 1522, 1448, 1365, 1298, 1251, 1168, 1085 cm “1 ; 1H ⁇ MR (CDCI 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.10-1.14 (m, IH), 1.40-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.91-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.36 (m, 2H), 3.
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine. This compound was prepared from Stepl intermediate (1.1 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 745 mg of the amine as a semisolid which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3S,li-)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcycopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (700 mg, 2.92 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (253 mg, 1.46 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (404 mg, 2.92 mmol) and Nal (220 mg, 1.46 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 217 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2955, 2240, 1659, 1412, 1303, 1148, 1085 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 2 (lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 675 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-(lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidme-2-carbomtrile:
  • This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (400 mg, 2.88 mmol) and ⁇ al (217 mg, 1.44 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 200 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan- 1-amine (1.4 g, 4.56 mmol) from Example 32 and 50 % ? «-chloroperbenzoic acid (3.93 g of 50 %, 11.3 mmol) in chloroform (30 ml) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.55 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3381, 2975, 1715, 1522, 1448, 1365, 1299, 1251, 1147, 1085 cm “1 ; 'H ⁇ MR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.10-1.17 (m, IH), 1.35-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.91-1.99 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.38 (
  • Step 2 (lS,3R)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 702 mg of the amine as a semisolid which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(lS,3R)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyI ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (400 mg, 2.88 mmol) and ⁇ al (217 mg, 1.44 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 90 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 2 (lS,3i?)-3-(4-fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (640 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 470 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-(lS,3R)-3-(4- fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(4S,li-)-4-(2-pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene-l-amine: This compound was prepared from (4- ,lS)-4-N-BOC-aminocyclopent-2-enylmethyl methane sulfonate (1.0 g, 3.43 mmol) from Intermediate 14, Step 2, Method B and 2- mercaptopyridine (496 mg, 4.46 mmol) using K 2 CO3 (711 g, 5.15 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 28, step 1 to give 1.01 g of the compound as a white solid: IR (neat) 3337, 2974, 1707, 1579, 1454, 1168 cm “1 ; 1H ⁇ MR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.34-1.45 ( , IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.54-2.58 (m, IH), 2.98-3.02 (m, IH), 3.21
  • Step 2 (4S,lR)-4-(2-pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.96 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 344 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(4S, li?)-4-(2-Pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene- 1 - amino]acetyl ⁇ -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared form Step 2 amine (340 mg, 1.60 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (142 mg, 0.82 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (454 mg, 3.29 mmol) and Nal (247 mg, 1.64 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 140 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3046, 2943, 1658, 1578, 1414, 1124 cm "1 ; ⁇ MR ⁇ DCls, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.32-1.40 (m, IH), 2.07-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.42-2.51 ( , IH), 3.00-3.05 (m, IH), 3.27-3.29 (m
  • Step 2 (lS,3 ⁇ )-3-(2-pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (700 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 310 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (25)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(l S,3R)-3-(2-pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclo ⁇ entylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pyno- lidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.44 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (124 mg, 0.72 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (198 mg, 1.42 mmol) and Nal (107 mg, 0.72 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 110 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2948, 2240, 1640, 1414, 1124 cm “1 ; 1 H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.31-1.22 (m, IH), 1.48- 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.32 (m, 7H), 3.09-3.15 (m, IH),
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-2-pyridylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine.
  • This compound was prepared by the oxidation of Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-(2- pyridylsulfanylmethyl)-cyclopentyl-l -amine (1.4 g, 4.536 mmol) from Example 36, Step 1 using 50 % r ⁇ -chloroperbenzoic acid (3.93 g , 11.3 mmol) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.3 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3372, 2975, 1702, 1524, 1304, 1162 cm “1 ; 1H ⁇ MR (CDCI 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.14-1.18 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.35 (m, 2
  • Step 2 (lS,3i?)-2-pyridylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 603 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(lS,3i?)-3-(2- ⁇ yridylsulfonylmethyl)cyclo ⁇ entylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.403 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (207 mg, 1.201 mmol) using K2CO3 (332 mg, 2.403 mmol) and ⁇ al (180 mg, 1.201 mmol) in dry THF (25 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the product as semisolid:
  • Step 1 cz5-( ⁇ )-6-(3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from the Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.825 mmol) and 5-cyano-2- mercaptopyridine (930 mg, 6.838 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (1.04 g, 10.15 mmol) in dry DMF (25 ml) as described in Example 28 to give 2.1 g of the product as a white solid:
  • IR (KBr) 3345, 2960, 2235, 1684, 1531, 1464, 1365, 1112 cm “1 ; ] H ⁇ MR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.14-1.21 (m, IH), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.93-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.71 (m, 2H), 3.52 (d, J 6.6 Hz, 2H),
  • Step 2 c ⁇ -( ⁇ )-6-(3-aminocyclopentylmethylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 330 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 6-((lSR,3RS)-3- ⁇ 2-[(2S)-2-cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino ⁇ cyclopentyl-methylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.287 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (111 mg, 0.643 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (178 mg, 1.287 mmol) and al (97 mg, 0.643 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3317, 2947, 2470, 2229, 1659, 1583, 1460, 1414, 1112 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 1 c ⁇ -( ⁇ )-6-(3-N- -am
  • Step 2 ct5-( ⁇ )-6-(3-aminocyclopentylmethylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 328 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 6-((lSR,3RS)-3- ⁇ 2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopynolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethylamino ⁇ cyclopentyl-methylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.132 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (98 mg, 0.568 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (157 mg, 1.137 mmol) and Nal (85 mg, 0.568 mmol) in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 157 mg of the product as semisolid: TR (neat) 3400, 2955, 2238, 1662, 1456, 1313, 1156 cm “1 ; 2 H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 0.85-.089 (m, IH), 1.25-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.67 (m, 3H), 1.83- 2.47 (m, 6H), 3.
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-(2-pyrimidinyllsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (700 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 351 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 1 Nl -BOC-(3S, li?)-3-(lH-benzo[cTli idazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l - amine:
  • This compound was prepared from Intermediate 8 (2 g, 6.825 mmol) and 2- mercaptobenzo[c ]imidazole (1.03 g, 6.866 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (1.04 g, 7.536 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 1.5 g of the compound as a white solid:
  • Step 2 (3S,lR)-3-(lH-benzo[cT
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3S,li?)-3-(lH-benzo[ ]imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl- amino]acetyl ⁇ -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (400 mg, 1.619 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (140 mg, 0.812 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (224 mg, 1.62 mmol) and ⁇ al (123 mg, 0.810 mmol) in dry T ⁇ F (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 65 mg of the product as a white solid:
  • ⁇ MR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.25- 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.36 (m, 7H), 3.
  • Step 1 cw-( ⁇ )-Nl-BOC-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: Diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 g, 11.47 mmol) was added (5 min) to a well-stined solution of Intermediate 3 (1.9 g, 8.83 mmol), 4-nitrophenol (1.23 g, 8.83 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.47 g, 13.22 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) at room temperature. The temperature of the mixture was slowly raised to 60-70 °C and further maintained at the same temperature for 3 h under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step 2 ct5-( ⁇ )-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 700 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3Si?,l J RS)-3-(4-nitiOphenoxymethyl)cyclopentylammo]acetyl ⁇ - py ⁇ rolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (355 mg, 2.56 mmol) and al (194 mg, 1.1.29 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • 1H ⁇ MR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.21-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.47 (m, 5H), 3.
  • Step 2 (3S,li-)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (900 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 625 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(3S, lR)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K CO 3 (355 mg, 2.56 mmol) and ⁇ al (194 mg, 1.1.29 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(3R,lS)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared form Intermediate 11 (1.9 g, 8.83 mmol) and 4-nitrophenol (1.23 g, 8.83 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 g, 11.47 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.47 g, 13.22 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 2.5 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3369, 2966, 1685, 1593, 1511, 1334, 1260, 1172 cm “1 ; l U ⁇ MR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.22-1.34 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.81-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.35 (m, IH), 2.43-2.52 (m, I
  • Step 2 (3i?,lS)-3-(4-nitiophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 670 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3 J R,lS)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (355 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Nal (194 mg, 1.1.29 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1 , Step 3 to give 190 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 1 Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 11 (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol) and 4-cyanophenol (830 mg, 6.97 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.58 g, 9.06 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.74 g, 10.44 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 1.53 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3358, 2939, 2224, 1682, 1606, 1521, 1254, 1171 cm “1 ; t ⁇ ⁇ MR (CDCI 3 , 300 MHz) ⁇ 1.20-1.31 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.33 (m, IH), 2.40-2.47 (
  • Step 2 (lS,3i?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (800 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 513 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(l S,3i?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.31 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (200 mg, 1.15 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (319 mg, 2.31 mmol) and Nal (172 mg, 1.16 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2951, 2223, 1690, 1605, 1509, 1416, 1303, 1172 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (550 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 400 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)- 1 - ⁇ 2-[(3S, li?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl ⁇ - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (350 mg, 1.62 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (140 mg, 0.805 mmol) using K2CO 3 (224 mg, 1.61 mmol) and ⁇ al (243 mg, 1.62 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 150 mg of the product as a semisolid;
  • Example 47 The hydrochloride salt of Example 47 (150 mg) was prepared as described in Example 4 using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane to give 155 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3900, 2956, 2223, 1670, 1605, 1508, 1258, 1172 cm "1 ; !
  • Step 2 (3S,li?)-3-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.1 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 555 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3S,li?)-3-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl ⁇ -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.13 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (184 mg, 1.06 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (294 mg, 2.13 mmol) and Nal (160 mg, 1.06 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 100 mg of the product as a semisolid:
  • Step 1 Nl -BOC-(3S, lR)-3-(l -cyanodibenzo[b,(t]furan-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentan- 1 - amine:
  • This compound was prepared form Intermediate 7 (4.0 g, 19.13 mmol) and 4- hydroxydibenzo[b, lfuran-l-carbonitrile (4.11 g, 11.13 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (4.33 mg, 24.88 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (7.52 g, 28.70 mmol) in dry THF (80 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 6.01 g of the product as a white solid:
  • Step 2 (3S,lR)-3-(l-cyanodibenzo[b, ]furan-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 2.46) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 750 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 3 (2S)-l- ⁇ 2-[(3S,li?)-3-(l-cyanodibenzo[b,cTlfuran-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentyl- amino]acetyl ⁇ -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile:
  • This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (750 mg, 2.44 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (212 mg, 1.23 mmol) using K 2 CO 3 (337 mg, 2.44 mmol) and ⁇ al (10 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dry THF (40 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the product as a white solid:
  • Protocol for in-vitro DPP-IV assay DPPIV activity was determined by the cleavage rate of 7-amino-4-methyl coumarin (AMC) from synthetic substrate Glycyl-Prolyl-AMC.
  • AMC 7-amino-4-methyl coumarin
  • the assay was conducted by adding 10 ng of human recombinant Dipeptidyl peptidase IV enzyme (DPPIV, available commercially from R & D Systems) in 50 ⁇ l of the assay buffer (25 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 140 mM ⁇ aCl, 10 niM KC1, 1% BSA) to 96 well black flat bottom microtiter plates. The reaction was initiated by adding 50 ⁇ l of 100 ⁇ M substrate Gly-Pro-AMC.
  • DPPIV Dipeptidyl peptidase IV enzyme
  • the incubation was carried out in the kinetic mode at 30 °C for 30 minutes. Fluorescence was measured using Fluorostar at excitation filter of 380 nm and emission filter of 460 nm). Test compounds and solvent controls were added as 1 ⁇ l additions. A standard curve of free amino methyl coumarin (AMC) was generated using 0-100 ⁇ M AMC in the assay buffer. The curve generated, which was linear was used for the interpolation of catalytic activity.
  • AMC free amino methyl coumarin

Abstract

The present invention relates to novel dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors or general formula (1) useful for treating diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, impaired glucose tolerance, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis,Chron’s disease, obesity, and metabolic syndrome.

Description

NOVEL DIPEPTIDYL PEPTIDASE IV INHIBITORS; PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND COMPOSITIONS THEREOF
RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims priority to Indian Patent Application No. 112/MUM/2004, filed February 03, 2004, Indian Patent Application No.
808/MUM/2004, filed July 29, 2004, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/549,759, filed March 2, 2004, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/590,603, filed July 23,
2004 each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to novel organic compounds, their analogs, tautomers, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them useful as dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors. The present invention also relates to methods of preparing the cyclopentyl compounds and methods of treating diabetes, especially Type II diabetes, as well as impaired glucose homeostasis, impaired glucose tolerance, infertility, polycystic ovary syndrome, growth disorders, frailty, arthritis, allograft rejection in transplantation, autoimmune diseases, AIDS, intestinal diseases, inflammatory bowel syndrome, anorexia nervosa, osteoporosis, hyperglycemia, syndrome X, diabetic complications, hyperinsulinemia, obesity, atherosclerosis and related diseases, as well as various immunomodulatory diseases and chronic inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis) by administering such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Diabetes refers to a disease process derived from multiple causative factors and characterized by elevated levels of plasma glucose or hyperglycemia in the fasting state or after administration of glucose during an oral glucose tolerance test. Persistent or uncontrolled hyperglycemia is associated with increased and premature morbidity and mortality. Often abnormal glucose homeostasis is associated both directly and indirectly with alterations of the lipid, lipoprotein and apolipoprotein metabolism and other metabolic and hemodynamic disease. Therefore patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus are at especially increased risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications, including coronary heart disease, stroke, peripheral vascular disease, hypertension, nephropathy, neuropathy, and retinopathy. Therefore, therapeutic control of glucose homeostasis, lipid metabolism and hypertension are critically important in the clinical management and treatment of diabetes mellitus. There are two generally recognized forms of diabetes. In Type I diabetes, or insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), patients produce little or no insulin, the hormone which regulates glucose utilization. In Type II diabetes, or noninsulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), patients often have plasma insulin levels that are the same or even elevated compared to nondiabetic subjects; however, these patients have developed a resistance to the insulin stimulating effect on glucose and lipid metabolism in the main insulin-sensitive tissues, which are muscle, liver and adipose tissues, and the plasma insulin levels, while elevated, are insufficient to overcome the pronounced insulin resistance. Insulin resistance is not primarily due to a diminished number of insulin receptors but to a post-insulin receptor binding defect that is not yet understood. This resistance to insulin responsiveness results in insufficient insulin activation of glucose uptake, oxidation and storage in muscle and inadequate insulin repression of Hpolysis in adipose tissue and of glucose production and secretion in the liver. The available treatments for Type II diabetes, which have not changed substantially in many years, have recognized limitations. While physical exercise and reductions in dietary intake of calories will dramatically improve the diabetic condition, compliance with this treatment is very poor because of well-entrenched sedentary lifestyles and excess food consumption, especially of foods containing high amounts of saturated fat. Increasing the plasma level of insulin by administration of a sulfonylurea (e.g., tolbutamide and glipizide) or meglitinide, which stimulate the pancreatic β-cells to secrete more insulin, and/or by injection of insulin when a sulphonylurea or meglitinide becomes ineffective, can result in insulin concentration levels high enough to stimulate the very insulin-resistant tissues. However, dangerously low levels of plasma glucose can result from administration of insulin or insulin secretagogues (sulfonylureas or meglitinides), and an increased level of insulin resistance due to the even higher plasma insulin levels can occur. Biguanides increase insulin sensitivity resulting in some correction of hyperglycemia. However, the two biguanides, phenformin and metformin, can induce lactic acidosis and nausea/diarrhea. Metformin has fewer side effects than phenformin and is often prescribed for the treatment of Type II diabetes. The glitazones (i.e., 5-benzylthiazolidine-2,4-diones) are a more recently described class of compounds with potential for ameliorating many symptoms of Type II diabetes. These agents substantially increase insulin sensitivity in muscle, liver and adipose tissue in several animal models of Type II diabetes resulting in partial or complete correction of the elevated plasma levels of glucose without occurrence of hypoglycemia. The glitazones that are currently marketed are agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR), primarily the PPAR-gamma subtype. PPAR-gamma agonism is generally believed to be responsible for the improved insulin sensitization that is observed with the glitazones. Newer PPAR agonists that are being tested for treatment of Type II diabetes are agonists of the alpha, gamma or delta subtype, or a combination of these, and in many cases are chemically different from the glitazones (i.e., they are not thiazolidinediones). Serious side effects (e.g., liver toxicity) have occurred with some of the PPAR agonists, such as troglitazone. Additional methods of treating the disease are still under investigation. New biochemical approaches that have been recently introduced or are still under development include treatment with alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g. acarbose) and protein tyrosine phosphatase- IB (PTP-1B) inhibitors. Compounds that are inhibitors of the dipeptidyl peptidase-IN ("DP-TV" or "DPP-IV") enzyme are also under investigation as drugs that may be useful in the treatment of diabetes, and particularly Type II diabetes. See for example WO 97/40832, WO 98/19998; U.S. Patent o. 5,939,560; Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 6(10), 1163-1166 (1996); and Bioorg. Med.Chem. Lett., 6(22), 2745-2748 (1996). The usefulness of DP-IV inhibitors in the treatment of Type II diabetes is based on the fact that DP-IV in vivo readily inactivates glucagon like peptide -1 (GLP-1) and gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP). GLP-1 and GIP are incretins and are produced when food is consumed. The increntins stimulate production of insulin. Inhibition of DP-IV leads to decreased inactivation of the incretins, and this in turn results in increased effectiveness of the incretins in stimulating production of insulin by pancreas. DP-IV inhibition therefore results in an increased level of serum insulin. Advantageously, since the incretins are produced by the body only when food is consumed, DP-TV inhibition is not expected to increase the level of insulin at inappropriate times, such as between meals, which can lead to excessively low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Inhibition of DP-TV is therefore expected to increase insulin without increasing the risk of hypoglycemia, which is a dangerous side effect associated with the use of insulin secretagogues. DP-IV inhibitors may also have other therapeutic utilities, as discussed herein. DP-IV inhibitors have not been studied extensively to date, and generally have been used for indicators other than diabetes. Improved DP-IV inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes and potentially other diseases and conditions are needed. Various compounds shown below are DPP-TV inhibitors, have reached advanced stages of human clinical trials:
Figure imgf000005_0001
C Novartis "NVP-DPP-728" which has the formula A, Probiodrug " P32/98 which has the formula B and Novartis "NVP-LAF-237" which has the formula C . Although a number of DPP-IV inhibitors have been described in the literature, all have limitations relating to potency, stability or toxicity. It is clear that a great need exists for new DPP-IV inhibitors which are useful in treating conditions mediated by DPP-IV inhibition. During the course of our research aimed at the development of novel antidiabetic compounds having potential DPP-IV inhibitory activity, we have found in the literature a number of patents and publications as follows: PCT Patent publication WO 2003084940 Al (published on, October 16, 2003, Sankaranarayanan), JMC (2003), 46(13), 2774-2789 ,Novartis Institute for Biomedical Research, NJ, USA, PCT Patent publication WO 03037327A1 (published on, July 10, 2003, Hoffmann-La-Roche), EP-Patent publication EP 1354882 Al (published on October 22, 2003, Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd., Japan), PCT Patent publication WO 9819998 A2 (published on May 14, 2003 , Novartis A.-G., Switz.), US 6011155 A, patent granted on January 4, 2000 (Novartis A.-G., Switz).
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel organic compounds, their analogs, tautomers, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. The present invention more particularly relates to novel dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors of the formula (I), their analogs, tautomers, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. The novel compounds are of general formula (I)
Figure imgf000006_0001
(I) wherein:
Y is -S (O) m, -CH2-, CHF, or -CF2;
X is NR3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; the dotted line [ — ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond (i.e., a single or double bond); R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl ; R is hydrogen, nitrile (-CN), COOH, or isosteres of carboxylic acids, including, but not limited to, SO3H, CONOH, B(OH)2 , PO3R4R5,SO N R4R5, tetrazole, amides, esters and acid anhydrides;
R is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy;
R and R may be the same or different and are independently hydrogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, acetyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylakyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acid derivatives or analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, solvates, N-oxides, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. According to one preferred embodiment is a compound according to formula
I, wherein X is -NR - wherein R is hydrogen. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein X is O. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein X is S(O)m and m is 0 or 2. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein Y is CH2. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein Y is CHF. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein Y is S(O)m and m is 0. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R is 4- cyano phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R is 3-fluro- 4-cyano phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 2- fluro-4-nitro phenyl. .Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 4-nitro phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 4-fluro phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 2- fluro-4-nitro phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 2,4,5 trifluro phenyl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is pyridin-2-yl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 5- cyano pyridin-2-yl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is
Pyrimidin-2-yl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is.benimidazole-2-yl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 4- cyano dibenzofuran- 1 -yl. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 1- phenyl-1 ,2,3,4-terazol-5-yl Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R2 is Hydrogen. Further preferred is a compound according to formula I, wherein R is a cyano group. The present invention also includes any combination of the aforementioned preferred X, Y, R1 and R2 groups. Yet another preferred embodiment is a compound according to formula I, wherein R1 is 5-cyanopyradin-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, 2-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl, or 4- cyano-3-nitrophenyl; R2 is a cyano group, X is -NH or O; Y is -CH2, -CHF, or S; and the dotted line is a single bond. Accordingly, in one embodiment, X is -NH. Intermediates useful for the preparation of compounds of formula I include compounds of general formula (II)
Figure imgf000009_0001
(ID wherein:
X is NR3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; R is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy;
PG is a suitable amino protecting group including, but not limited to, tertiary butyloxy (Boc), fluorenenylmethyl (Fmoc), carbenzyloxy (Cbz) or analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers and the salts thereof. Other intermediates useful for the preparation of the compounds of formula I include compounds of general formula (III) -NH2
(HI) wherein: Xis NR3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; the dotted line [ — ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond (i.e., a single or double bond);
R is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl ;
R3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl,substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy or analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers and the salts thereof. Compounds of the invention having a cyclopentane or a cyclopentene ring bearing 1,3-substituents can fall into a cis or trans geometry leading to mixture of compounds. Again, in principle, such substitution patterns with two chiral centers can result in up to two pairs of diastereomers. Therefore, the compounds of interest of the present invention may be prepared as a mixtures as well as single diastereomers. Mixtures as well as single diasteriomers of the above mentioned isomers are within the scope of this invention. The optically active 1-aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid compounds of the present invention may be obtained by resolution or by asymmetric synthesis. Some of the representative compounds according to the present invention are specified below but should not construed to be limited thereto:
1. cts-(±)-6-(3-[2-(l-Pyrrolidinyl)-2-oxoethylamino] cyclopentylmethylamino) nicotinonitrile 2. 6-{(3-[2-Oxo-2-(l,3-thiazolan-3- yl)ethylamino] cyclopentylmethylamino } nicotino-nitrile 3. 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile 4. 6-((lSR,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l -yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride 5. 6-((lSR,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile maleate 6. 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile fumarate 7. 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino } cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile citrate 8. 6-((lS,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl ethyl-amino)nicotinonitrile 9. 6-((lS,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride 10. 6-((lR,3S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile 11. 6-((li?,3S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl methyl- amino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride 12. 6-((4SR,lRS)-4- {2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-2-oxoethylamino} -2- cyclopentenyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile 13. 6-((lRS,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino } cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile 14. 6-((lSR,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-l -yl]-2- oxoethylamino } -cyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile 15. 6-((l S,3R)-3- {2-[(2S, 4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-2-oxoethylamino} cyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile 16. (4S)-3-{2-(lSR,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl) cyclopentyl amino] acetyl} -1 ,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride 17. (4S)-3-{2-(lRS,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -1 ,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride 18. (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,li?S)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 19. (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl} -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile dihydrochloride 20. (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3S, lR)-3 -(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 21. (2S)-l-{2-[(3R,lS)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 22. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(l-Phenyl-lH-l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-ylaminomethyl) cyclopentyl-amino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 23. (2S)-1 - {2-[(3SR, li?S)-3-(3-Chloro-4-nitroanilinomethyι) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitriιe 24. (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,li?S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitroanilinmethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pyrrolidine -2-carbonitrile 25. (2S)-l-{2-[(lR,3S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitioanilinmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 26. (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-l-{2-[(li?,3S)-3-(2-fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentyl amino] -ethyl} -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 27. (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR5li?S)-3-(2)4,5- Trifluoroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 28. (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3SR, li?S)-3-Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino]acetytl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 29. (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,li?S)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino] acetytl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 30. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino]acetytl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 31. (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3S, li?)-3 -Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetytl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 32. (2S)- 1 - {2-[( 1 S,3R)-3 -Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino] acetytl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 33. (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetytl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 34. (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(4-Fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 35. (2S)-1 - {2-[(4S, lR)-4-(2-Pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-eneamino]acetyl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 36. (2S)- 1 - {2-[( 1 S,3i?)-3 -(2-Pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 37. (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(2-Pyridylsulfonylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 38. 6-((lSR,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile 39. 6-((lSR,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l -yl]-2- oxoethylamino } cyclopentyl-methylsulfanyl)nictinonitrile maleate 40. 6-((lSR,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile 41. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrol-idine-2-carbonitrile 42. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(lH-Benzo[cT|imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)cycloρentyl amino] -acetyl pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 43. (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(4-Nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrro-lidine-2-carbonitrile 44. (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3S, lR)-3 -(4-Nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl} - pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 45. (2S)-l-{2-[(3R,lS)-3-(4-Nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 46. (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3JR)-3-(4-Cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 47. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(4-Cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 48. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(4-Cyanophenoxvmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile dihydrochloride 49. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(4-Cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 50. (2S34S)-l-{2-[(3S5lR)-3-(4-Cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cycloρentylamino] acetyl}-4-fluoro-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 51. (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(l-Cyanodibenzo[b, | furan-4-yloxymethyl) cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Definitions: The term "aryl" refers to aromatic radicals having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, and biphenyl. The term "arylalkyl" refers to an aryl group directly bonded to an alkyl group, e.g., -CH2C6H5, -C2H5C6H5 and the like. The term "heterocyclic ring" refers to a stable 3- to 15 membered ring radical which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen and sulfur. For purposes of this invention, the heterocyclic ring radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems, and the nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon, oxygen or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclic ring radical may be optionally oxidized to various oxidation states. In addition, the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring radical may be partially or fully saturated (i.e., heteroaromatic or heteroaryl aromatic). Examples of such heterocyclic ring radicals include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, acridinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxanyl, benzofumyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, indolizinyl, naphthyridinyl, perhydroazepinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazoyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydroisouinolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2- oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolinyl, oxasolidinyl, triazolyl, indanyl, isoxazolyl, isoxasolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, quinuclidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, benzimidazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, furyl, tetrahydrofurtyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide thiamorpholinyl sulfone, dioxaphospholanyl, oxadiazolyl, chromanyl, and isochromanyl. The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic heterocyclic ring radical. The heteroaryl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom. The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to a heteroaryl ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group. The heteroarylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom from the alkyl group. The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a heterocyclic ring radical. The heterocyclyl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to a heterocyclic ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group. The heterocyclylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure. The term "alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having no unsaturation, having from one to eight carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (isopropyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, and 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl). The term "alkenyl" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon double bond and which may be a straight or branched chain having about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., ethenyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), iso- propenyl, 2-methyl- 1 -propenyl, 1 -butenyl, and 2-butenyl. The term "alkynyi" refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and having in the range of about 2 up to 12 carbon atoms (with radicals having in the range of about 2 up to 10 carbon atoms presently being preferred) e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, and butnyl. The term "alkoxy" denotes an alkyl group attached via an oxygen linkage to the rest of the molecule. Representative examples of those groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH3, and -OC2H5. The term "cycloalkyl" denotes a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Nonlimiting examples of noncyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and examples of non-aromatic mono multicyclic rings include perhydronapththyl, adamantyl and norbornyl groups, bridged cyclic groups or sprirobicyclic groups e.g. sprio (4,4) non-2-yl. The term "cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a cycloalkyl radical containing about 3 to 8 carbon atoms directly attached to an alkyl group which are then attached to the main structure at any carbon from the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure, such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, and cyclopentylethyl. The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to a non-aromatic cyclic ring-containing radical containing about 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one carbon- carbon double bond such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, and cyclopentenyl. The substituents in the 'substituted alkyl', 'substituted alkoxy', 'substituted alkenyl', 'substituted alkynyP, 'substituted cycloalkyl', 'substituted cycloalkylalklyl', 'substituted cycloalkenyl', 'substituted aryl', 'substituted arylalkyl', 'substituted heteroaryl', 'substituted heterocyclic ring', 'substituted heterocycloalkyl', 'substituted heteroarylalkyl' , 'substituted amino' and 'substituted carboxylic acid' derivatives, may be the same or different and may be one or more independently selected from the groups such as hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, carboxyl, cyano, nitro, oxo (=O), thio (=S), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted guanidine, -COORx, -C(O)Rx, -C(S)RX, -C(O)NRxRy, -C(O)ONRxRy, - NRxCONRyRz, -N(Rx)SORy, -N(Rx)SO2Ry, -(=N-N(Rx)Ry), - NRxC(O)ORy, -NRxRy, - NRxC(O)Ry-, -NRxC(S)Ry -NRxC(S)NRyRz, -SONRxRy-, -SO2NRxRy-, -ORx, - ORxC(O)NRyRz, -ORxC(O)ORy-, -OC(O)Rx, -OC(O)NRxRy, - RxNRyC(O)Rz, - RxORy, -RxC(O)ORy, -RxC(O)NRyRz, -RxC(O)Rx, -RxOC(O)Ry, -SRX, -SORx, -SO2Rx, or -ONO2, wherein Rx, Ry and Rz in each of the above groups can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. The substituents in the aforementioned "substituted" groups cannot be further substituted. For example, when the substituent on "substituted alkyl" is "substituted aryl", the substituent on "substituted aryl" cannot be "substituted alkenyl". As used herein, the term "treat" includes one or more of the following: (a) arresting, delaying the onset (i.e., the period prior to clinical manifestation of a disorder) and/or reducing the risk of developing or worsening a disorder; (b) relieving or alleviating at least one symptom of a disorder in a mammal, including for example, hypercalcemia; or (c) relieving or alleviating the intensity and/or duration of a manifestation of a disorder experienced by a mammal including, but not limited to, those which are in response to a given stimulus (e.g., pressure, tissue injury or cold temperature). The term "treat" also includes prophylaxis, i.e., prophylactically preventing, curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving, or affecting a condition (e.g., a disease), the symptoms of the condition, or the predisposition toward the condition. The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to compounds or compositions that are physiologically tolerable and do not typically produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction, including, but not limited to, gastric upset or dizziness, when administered to a mammal. An "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount " means the amount of a compound of the invention (including its solvates, active metabolites, prodrugs, or racemates or enantiomers thereof (assuming the salt has a chiral center)) that, when administered to a mammal for treating or preventing a state, disorder or condition is sufficient to effect such treatment or prophylaxis. The "effective amount" will vary depending on the active ingredient, the state, disorder, or condition to be treated and its severity, and the age, weight, physical condition and responsiveness of the mammal to be treated. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts forming part of this invention include salts derived from inorganic bases such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, and Mn; salts of organic bases such as N,N'-diacetylethylenediamine, glucamine, triethylamine, choline, hydroxide, dicyclohexylamine, metformin, benzylamine, trialkylamine, and thiamine; chiral bases such as alkylphenylamine, glycinol, and phenyl glycinol; salts of natural amino acids such as glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, tyrosine, cystine, cysteine, methionine, proline, hydroxy proline, histidine, ornithine, lysine, arginine, andserine; quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds of invention with alkyl halides, alkyl sulphates such as Mel, and (Me)2SO4; non-natural amino acids such as D-isomers or substituted amino acids; guanidine, substituted guanidine wherein the substituents are selected from nitro, amino, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, ammonium or substituted ammonium salts and aluminum salts. Salts may include acid addition salts where appropriate and include sulphates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates, borates, hydrohalides, acetates such as trifluroacetate , tartrates, maleates, citrates, fumarates, succinates, palmoates, methanesulphonates, benzoates, salicylates, benzenesulfonates, ascorbates, glycerophosphates, and ketoglutarates. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates may be hydrates or comprise other solvents of crystallization such as alcohols. The compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods known to the skilled artisan. In another aspect, the present invention includes within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug or hydrate thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the present invention may be prepared by conventional techniques, such as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th. Ed., 2000. The compositions may be unit dosage forms, including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or topical formulations. Typical compositions include a compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable basic addition salt or prodrug or hydrate thereof, associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which may be a carrier or a diluent or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. In making the compositions, conventional techniques for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be used. For example, the active compound can be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, which may be in the form of an ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container. When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material that acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound. The active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container for example in a sachet. Some examples of suitable carriers are water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, polyhydroxyethoxylated castor oil, peanut oil, olive oil, gelatin, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, dextrin, magnesium carbonate, sugar, cyclodextrin, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose, silicic acid, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, fatty acid monoglycerides and diglycerides, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax. The formulations may also include wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents or flavoring agents. The formulations of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures well known in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions can be sterilized and/or mixed, if desired, with auxiliary agents, emulsifiers, salt for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers and/or coloring substances, which do not deleteriously react with the active compounds. The route of administration may be any route, which effectively transports the active compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV to the appropriate or desired site of action, such as oral, nasal, pulmonary, buccal, subdermal, intradermal, transdermal or parenteral, e.g., rectal, depot, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraurethral, intramuscular, intranasal, ophthalmic solution or an ointment. The oral route is preferred. If a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution. For parenteral application, particularly suitable are injectable solutions or suspensions, preferably aqueous solutions with the active compound dissolved in polyhydroxylated castor oil. Tablets, dragees, or capsules having talc and/or a carbohydrate carrier or binder or the like are particularly suitable for oral application. Preferable carriers for tablets, dragees, or capsules include lactose, cornstarch, and/or potato starch. A syrup or elixir can be used in cases where a sweetened vehicle can be employed. A typical tablet that may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain: 1 Core: Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 250 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide (Aerosil®) 1.5 mg Cellulose, microcryst. (Avicel®) 70 mg Modified cellulose gum (Ac-Di-Sol®) 7.5 mg Magnesium stearate Ad. Coating: HPMC approx. 9 mg *Mywacett 9-40 T approx. 0.9 mg *Acylated monoglyceride used as plasticizer for film coating. Where the term "compound of Formula I" is used, it is understood that this also encompasses subgeneric formulas II and III. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of a condition that may be regulated or normalized via inhibition of DPP- IV. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula
(I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of metabolic disorders. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for lowering blood glucose. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeuticalTy effective amount for the treatment of Type II diabetes. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT). A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of impaired fasting glucose (IFG). A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the prevention of hyperglycemia. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) to Type II diabetes. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring Type II diabetes to insulin requiring Type II diabetes. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for increasing the number and/or the size of beta cells in a subject. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of beta cell degeneration, in particular apoptosis of beta cells. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of disorders of food intake. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula
(I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of obesity. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for appetite regulation or induction of satiety. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of dyslipidemia. A further aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of functional dyspepsia, in particular irritable bowel syndrome. The compounds of the invention may be administered to a mammal, especially a human in need of such treatment, prevention, elimination, alleviation or amelioration of the various diseases as mentioned above, e.g., Type II diabetes, IGT, IFG, obesity, and appetite regulation, or as a blood glucose lowering agent. The compounds of the invention are particularly useful for treating Type II diabetes in mammals. Such mammals include also humans, domestic animals, e.g. household pets, and non-domestic animals such as wildlife. The compounds of the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, per day may be used. A most preferable dosage is about 0.5 mg to about 250 mg per day. In choosing a regimen for patients it may frequently be necessary to begin with a higher dosage and when the condition is under control to reduce the dosage. The exact dosage will depend upon the mode of administration, on the therapy desired, form in which administered, the subject to be treated and the body weight of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the physician or veterinarian in charge. Generally, the compounds of the present invention are dispensed in unit dosage forms comprising from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg of active ingredient together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier per unit dosage. According to one embodiment, dosage forms suitable for oral, nasal, pulmonary or transdermal administration comprise from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.5 mg to about 250 mg of the compounds admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Still another embodiment of the present invention encompasses prodrugs of a compound, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of a compound of the invention, which are readily convertible in vivo into a compound of the invention. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in H. Bundgaard, Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985 ed.). The invention also encompasses active metabolites of a compound of the invention.
General methods: The compounds of formula (I) maty be synthesized according to the general scheme given below General Scheme Step l
R — L + HX"' / ^NHPG 1- coupling t R \ χ^ /\^ H2 \- -/ 2. deprotection \- -/ C) (2) (3)
Step 2
Figure imgf000022_0001
<3> (4) (I) wherein L is a leaving group and PG is protecting group. The compounds of general formula (I) can be prepared using a variety of methods known in the literature and known to those skilled in the art. One such approach is given in the general synthetic scheme above. The intermediate of general formula (1) can be coupled with a mono-protected bifunctional intermediate of the general formula (2) and the coupled product can be deprotected to yield intermediate of general formula (3). Compounds of the general formula (I) can be obtained by coupling of intermediates (3) and (4) using a suitable base, such as triethylamine or K2CO . The coupling sequence of the fragments (l)-(4) can be altered and the compounds of general formula I can be obtained by a variety of other methods known to persons skilled in the art. The compounds can be isolated and purified by methods known in the art, e.g., by distilling off the solvent in a vacuum and recrystallizing the residue obtained from a suitable solvent or subjecting it to a purification method, such as column chromatography on a suitable support material. Salts are obtained by dissolving the free compound in a suitable solvent, e.g, in a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride or chloroform or a low molecular weight aliphatic alcohol (ethanol, isopropanol), which contains the desired acid or base, or to which the desired acid or base is then added. The salts are obtained by filtering, reprecipitating, precipitating with a non-solvent for the addition salt or by evaporating the solvent. Salts obtained can be converted by basification or by acidifying into the free compounds which, in turn can be converted into salts. In general, the ethereal solvents used in the above described processes for the preparation of compounds of the formula (I) are selected from diethyl ether, 1,2- dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, and 1,4 dioxane. The chlorinated solvent which may be employed may be selected from dichloromethane, 1,2- dichloroethane, chloroform, and carbontetrachloride. The aromatic solvents which may be employed may be selected from benzene and toluene. The alchoholic solvents which may be employed may be selected from methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso propanol, and tert-butanol. The aprotic solvents which may be employed may be selected from N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide and the like. In general, the compounds prepared in the above described processes are obtained in pure form by using well known techniques such as crystallization using solvents such as pentane, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, chloroform, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetone, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, water or their combinations, or column chromatography using alumina or silica gel and eluting the column with solvents such as hexane, petroleum ether (petether), chloroform, ethyl acetate, acetone, methanol or their combinations. Various polymorphs of a compound of general formula (I) forming part of this invention may be prepared by crystallization of compound of formula (I) under different conditions, example, using different solvents commonly used or their mixtures for recrystallization; crystallizations at different temperatures, various modes of cooling, ranging from very fast to very slow cooling during crystallizations. Polymorphs may also be obtained by heating or melting the compound followed by gradual or fast cooling. The presence of polymorphs may be determined by solid probe NMR spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, powder X-ray diffraction or such other techniques. The present invention provides novel organic compounds of general formula (I), their analogs, their tautomers, their regioisomers, their stereoisomers, their enantiomers, their diastreomers, their polymorphs, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, their appropriate N-oxides and their pharmaceutically acceptable solvates. The present invention also provides with a novel organic compounds of general formula (2) their analogs, their tautomers, their regioisomers, their stereoisomers, their enantiomers, their diastreomers and the salts thereof. The present invention also provides with a novel organic compounds of general formula (3) their analogs, their tautomers, their regioisomers, their stereoisomers, their enantiomers, their diastreomers and the salts thereof The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions, containing compounds of general formula I) as defined above, their derivatives, their analogs, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their polymorphs, their enantiomers, their diasteromers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or their pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in combination with the usual pharmaceutically employed carriers, diluents and the like. The pharmaceutical compositions according to this invention can be used for the treatment of allergic disorders. It will be appreciated that some of the compounds of general formula (I) defined above according to the invention can contain one or more asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms. The presence of one or more of these asymmetric centers in the compounds of general formula (I) can give rise to stereoisomers and in each case the invention is to be understood to extend to all such stereoisomers, including enantiomers and diastereomers and their mixtures, including racemic mixtures. The invention may also contain E & Z geometrical isomers wherever possible in the compounds of general formula (I) which includes the single isomer or mixture of both the isomers.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention and are merely illustrative of the invention. The examples should not be read as limiting the scope of the invention as defined in the claims. Intermediate 1 c s-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-l-carboxylic cid H°2C^/-\/NHBOC
Step 1: (±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one: A solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (144 g, 660.5 mmol) in THF (100 ml) was added (20 min) to a stirred solution of (±)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (60 g, 549.8 mmol), triethylamine (83.5 g, 824.6 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (6.7 g, 54.8 mmol) in THF (500 ml) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 4 h at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (800 ml) and washed with water (3 x 500 ml) and brine (400 ml). The EtOAc extract was dried (Νa2SO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 115 g of the compound as a white solid; IR ( Br) 2979, 1755, 1705, 1455, 1331, 1305, 1149, 1117 cm ; *H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.13-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.37 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.40 (m,lH), 4.94-4.96 (m, 1H), 6.44-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.90 (m, 1H).
Step 2: cts-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (30.0 g, 143.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) was added IN sodium hydroxide solution (300 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and acidified to pH 3.5 with IN hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 200 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 300 ml), brine (300 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 31.5 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3408, 3222, 2982, 1724, 1681, 1504, 1392 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) d 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.87-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.60 (m, 1H), 3.49 (brs, 1H), 4.60 (brs, 1H), 4.49 (brs, 1H), 5.90 (brs, 2H), 9.01 (brs, 1H).
Intermediate 2 cιs-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid H02O /χ .NHB0C
Method A:
To a solution of Intermediate 1 (15 g, 66.0 mmol) in methanol (100 ml) was added 5 % Pd-C (1.0 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 2 h at room temperature. The catalyst was then filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 14.9 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3304, 3249, 3098, 2978, 1705, 1646, 1403, 1164 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 9 H), 1.53-2.20 (m, 5 H), 2.11-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.73-3.01 (m, 1H), 4.05 (brs, 1H), 4.86 (brs, 1H). Method B:
Step 1: czs-(±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heρtane-3-one. To a solution of cis-(±)-2- N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (18.0 g, 86.02 mmol) obtained from Intermediate 1, Step 1 in EtOAc (180 ml) was added 5 % Pd/C (1.5 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 2 h at room temperature. The catalyst was then filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 18.1 g (99.6 %) of the compound as a white solid; IR (KBr) 2982, 1754, 1708, 1349, 1316, 1217, 1155, 1096, 921 cm"1; *H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.42 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 9H), 1.73-1.96 (m, 5H), 2.86 (brs, 1H), 4.53 (brs, 1H). Step 2: cz's-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l -carboxylic acid: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 42.60 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (45 ml) was added IN sodium hydroxide solution (90 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and acidified to pH 3.5 with IN hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 9.5 g (97 %) of the product as a white solid. The product isolated was identical in all respects with that obtained from Method A.
Intermediate 3 cιs-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol
Figure imgf000027_0001
Method A: Sodium borohydride (1.43 g, 37.8 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]-heptane-3-one (8.0 g, 37.86 mmol) obtained from Step 1, Method B of Intermediate 2 in 10 % aqueous THF (100 ml) at 0 °C. A second lot of sodium borohydride (1.43 g, 37.8 mmol) was added after 0.5 h at the same temperature and the mixture was stirred at 0-10 °C for 4 h. The excess reagent was quenched with 1NHC1 and the reaction mixture acidified to pH 5.0. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 200 ml) followed by brine (200 ml). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 6.9 g (85 %) of the compound as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3361, 2969, 1683, 1524, 1366, 1271, 1172, 1017 cm"1; !H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.71-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.01 (m, 2H), 3.57 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.94 ( brs, 1H), 4.73 (brs, 1H). Method B: Ethyl chloroformate (4.73 g, 43.58 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (10 g, 43.66 mmol) and TEA (4.42 g, 43.76 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) at 0 °C over 5 min under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 30 min at the same temperature. It was then filtered to remove the precipitated triethylamine hydrochloride. The filtrate containing the mixed anhydride was slowly added to a stirred suspension of ΝaBH4 (4.95 g, 130.84 mmol) in 20 % aqueous THF (100 ml) maintained at 10 °C. The mixture was stirred for another 30 min at the same temperature and then acidified with IN HO to pH 4. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 ml) and the organic layer was washed with 2NΝaOH solution (2 x 250 ml), water (2 x 250 ml) and brine (300 ml). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 7.01 (75 %) of the alcohol as a white solid. IR and 1H NMR spectra of the product were identical in all respects with the compound obtained from Method A.
Intermediate 4 cιs-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate H3C02SOH2C^\ . NHBOC
Methanesulfonyl chloride (3.51 g, 30.6 mmol) was added to a stirred and cooled (10 °C) solution of Intermediate 3 (6 g, 27.88 mmol) and triethylamine (3.66 g, 36.16 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (100 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 min and then diluted with water (150 ml). The organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 200 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 8.2 g (100 %) of the compound as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3361, 2969, 2870, 1678, 1529, 1349, 1286, 1252, 1167, 1052, 973 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.20 (m, IH), 1.41-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.88 (m, IH), 1.94-1.98 (m, IH), 2.01-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 3.95 (brs, IH), 4.15 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (brs, IH). Intermediate 5 cιs-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine H2NH2CN ^Sy,NHBOC
Step 1: cts-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Sodium azide (3.1 g, 47.6 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 4 (7.0 g, 23.8 mmol) in DMF (100 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 6 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (500 ml) and water
(500 ml). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (3 x 300 ml) and brine (300 ml). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 5.7 g (100 %) of the azide as an oil; IR (neat) 3338, 2965, 2870, 2096, 1696, 1515, 1453, 1365, 1251, 1171 cm"1; tø ΝMR (CDCU. 300 MHz) δ 1.06-1.13 (m, IH), 1.37-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.86 (m, IH), 1.94-2.05 (m, IH), 2.14-2.29 (m, 2H), 3.28 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (brs, IH), 4.55 (brs, IH).
Step 2: czs-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine: To a solution of azide, from Step 1 (5.0 g, 20.8 mmol) in methanol (100 ml) was added 5 % Pd-C ( 300 mg) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 3 h at room temperature. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4.45 g of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the coupling reaction. Intermediate 6 (lS,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-AminocycIopentane-l-carboxylic acid H02C , /\ , NHBOC
Method A: Step 1: (lS,4R)-(+)-4-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one: This intermediate was prepared from (lS,4i?)-(+)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (10 g, 91.74 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (26 g, 119.26 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (13.92 g, 137.5 mmol) and DMAP (1.1 g, 9.17 mmol) in THF (50 ml) as described in Intermediate 1, Step 1 to give 19.3 g, (100 %) of the product as a white solid; IR and !H ΝMR spectra of the product were identical with that of the racemic product from Intermediate 2.
Step 2: (li-,4S)-(+)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptan-3-one: The Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 43.26 mmol) was hydrogenated using 5 % Pd-C (1.0 g) as described in Method B, Intermediate 2 gave 9.0 g of the product as a white solid; TR and !H ΝMR spectra were identical with that of racemic product.
Step 3: (lS,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid: Hydrolytic cleavage of Step 2 intermediate (8.5 g, 40.26 mmol) as described in Intermediate 2, Method B, Step 2 gave the desired product as a white solid. IR and 1H ΝMR spectra were identical with that of the racemic intermediate. [CUJD + 12.2 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH). Method B:
Step 1: (4S,li-)-(+)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid: This intermediate was prepared by the optical resolution of Intermediate I using (S)-(-)- phenyl ethyl amine in a mixture of isopropanol and ethanol. [O;]D + 48.0 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH). Step 2: (lS,3i?)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid: To a solution of Step 1 intermediate (8.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (150 ml) was added 5 % Pd- C (1.0 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 3 h at RT to give 8.0 g of the product as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A. Intermediate 7
(lS,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol HOHZCΛ ϋ./X'ΛΝHBOC Method A: This intermediate was prepared by the reductive cleavage of (lR,4S)-(+)- 2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptan-3-one (8.0 g, 37.86 mmol) with sodium borohydride (2.86 g, 75.6 mmol) in 10 % aq. THF (100 ml) as described in Intermediate 3, Method A to give 6.95 g (85 %) of the product as a white solid; [ ]O + 8.7 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH).
Method B: The mixed anhydride of (lS,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l- carboxlic acid (9.0 g, 39.3 mmol) prepared from ethyl chloroformate (4.69 g, 43.21 mmol) and TEA (4.36 g, 43.08 mmol) in dry THF was treated with ΝaBH4 (4.45 g, 117.6 mmol) in 20 % aqueous THF as described in Intermediate 3, Method B to give 7.0 (83.3 %) of the alcohol as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A. Intermediate 8 (lS,3i-)-(+)-3-iV-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate
Figure imgf000030_0001
Reaction of Intermediate 7 (6.5 g, 30.2 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride (3.8 g, 33.18 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (3.97 g, 39.2 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 4 gave 8.5 g (96.5 %) of the product as a white solid; [«]D + 15.9 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH). Intermediate 9 (lS,3R)-3-N-BOC-Ammocyclopentylmethylamine H2NH2C//(/^ ΛNHBOC "
Step 1: (lS,3i?)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Reaction of Intermediate 8 (8.0 g, 27.3 mmol) with sodium azide (3.5 g, 53.8 mmol) in dry DMF (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 5 gave 6.5 g (100 %) of the azide as an oil. Step 2: (lS,3#)-3-N-BOC-Aminocycloρentylmethylamine: The azide (6.0 g, 25.0 mmol) from Step 1 dissolved in methanol (150 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd/C (300 mg) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 2 to give 5.35 g (100 %) of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the coupling reaction. Intermediate 10 (3S,li?)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid H02Cv^\ .ΝHBOC Method A:
Step 1: (4S,li?)-(-)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one: This intermediate was prepared from (li?,4S)-(-)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,l]hept-5-ene-3-one (10 g, 91.74 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (23.9 g, 109.6 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (13.90 g, 137.3 mmol) and DMAP (1.1 g, 9.00 mmol) in THF (50 ml) as described in Intermediate 2, Step 1 (Method B) to give 19.1 g (100 %) of the product as a white solid; IR and XH ΝMR spectra were identical with that of the racemic intermediate.
Step 2: (4i?,lS)-(-)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptan-3-one: Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 43.01 mmol) was hydrogenated using Pd-C (1.0 g) as described in
Intermediate 2, Step 1 (Method B) to give 9.0 g of the product as a white solid: IR and
1H ΝMR spectra of the product were identical with that of racemic intermediate.
Step 3: (3S,li?)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l -carboxylic acid: Hydrolytic cleavage of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 37.8 mmol) as described in Intermediate 2, Step 2 (Method B) gave 6.5 g of the desired product as a white solid; IR and 1H ΝMR spectra were identical with that of the racemic intermediate. [«]D - 48.3 ° (c = 1.0,
MeOH).
Method B:
Step 1: (lS,4R)-(-)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid: This intermediate was prepared by the optical resolution of Intermediate I using (#)-(+)- phenyl ethyl amine in a mixture of isopropanol and ethanol. [α]o + 48.0 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH).
Step 2: (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid: The Step 1 intermediate (8.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (100 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd-C (1.0 g) as described in Intermediate 2, Method A to give 8.01 g of the product as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.
Intermediate 11 (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol
Figure imgf000031_0001
Method A: Reductive cleavage of (4S,li?)-(-)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptanene- 3-one (10 g, 47.33 mmol) using sodium borohydride (3.58 g, 94.6 mmol) in 10 % aqueous THF (100 ml) as described in Intermediate 3, Method A, gave 8.5 g of the product as a white solid, which showed identical IR and !H NMR spectra to its racemate. [α]D - 8.7 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH). Method B: Reduction of (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylic acid (8.5 g, 37.07 mmol) as described in the preparation of Intermediate 3, Method B gave 7.0 g of the alcohol as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A. Intermediate 12 (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-AminocycIopentylmethyl methanesulfonate HaCOzSOHzC ^-V ^ΝHBOC
Reaction of Intermediate 11 (6.5 g, 30.2 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride (3.8 g, 33.18 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (3.97 g, 39.2 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (100 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere as described in Intermediate 4 gave 8.5 g (96.5 %) of the product as a white solid. [c]D - 15.5 ° (c = 1.0, MeOH). Intermediate 13 (3S,lR)-(-)-3-N-BOC-AminocyclopentylmethyIamine HaΝ^C^/x ^ HBOC
Step 1: (3S,li?)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Intermediate 12 (8.0 g, 27.3 mmol) was treated with sodium azide (3.5 g, 54.4 mmol) in DMF (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 1 to give 6.5 g (100 %) of the azide as an oil. Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine: The azide (6.0 g, 25.0 mmol) from Step 1 in methanol (150 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd/C (300 mg) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 2 to give 5.35 g (100 %) of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the coupling reaction. Intermediate 14 cιs-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-enylmethylamine H2ΝH2O /χ .ΝHB0C
Step 1: cts-(+)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-enylmethanol: Method A: To a solution of cw-(±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2, l]hept-5-ene-3-one (5.0 g, 23.89 mmol) obtained from Intermediate 1, Step 1 in 10 % aqueous THF (50 ml) was added sodium borohydride (1.8 g, 47.78 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 0- 10 °C for 5 h. Excess reagent was quenched with IN HC1 and the pH was adjusted to 6. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (200 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 4.17 g of the product as a viscous liquid; IR (KBr) 3319, 1960, 1683, 1536, 1366, 1248, 1170, 1043, 1001 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.36-1.46 (m, IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.44-2.55 (m, IH), 2.84 (brs, IH), 3.55-3.69 (m, 2H), 4.69 (brs, IH), 4.85 (brs, IH), 5.75-5.84 (m, 2H). Method B: This compound was also prepared by calcium borohydride reduction of Methyl czs-(±)-4-N-BOC-amino-2-cyclopentene-l-carboxylate as described in the literature (J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1992, 589-592).
Step 2: e/s-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-enylmethyl methanesulfonate: Reaction of Step 1 intermediate (3.5 g, 16.26 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride(2.04 g, 17.8 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (2.14 g, 21.14 mmol) in dry dichloromethane as described in the preparation of intermediate 4 gave 3.9 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3356, 2987, 1682, 1514, 1348, 1241, 1167, 1065, 973 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.54-2.62 (m, IH), 3.03 (s, 3H), 4.17 (dd, J = 4.2, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (brs, IH), 4.74 (brs, IH), 5.77-5.84 (m, 2H) Step 3: cώ-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentenylmethyl azide: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (3.5 g, 11.94 mmol) and sodium azide (1.58 g, 23.88 mmol) in DMF (35 ml) as described in the preparation of Intermediate 5, Step 1 to give 2.8 g of the product as an oil; IR (neat) 3339, 2976, 2096, 1696, 1511, 1366, 1247, 1170, 1068 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.24-1.32 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.51-2.61 (m, IH), 2.86-2.92 (m, IH), 3.28-3.40 (m, 2H), 4.70 (brs, 2H), 5.76- 5.81 (m, 2H).
Step 4: cz'5-(±)-4-N-BOC-Amino-2-cyclopentenylmethylamine. Triphenylphosphine (3.0 g, 11.43 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of the azide from Step 3 (2.5 g, 10.49 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) at RT over 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was quenched with water (0.5 ml) and further stirred for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was filtered to remove the precipitated triphenylphosphine oxide and the filtrate was evaporated to give the crude a ine, which was used as such for the coupling reaction. Intermediate 15 trø»s-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine H2NH2C ^\ > NHBOC
Step 1: cts-(-k)-Methyl 3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylate: This intermediate was prepared by the hydrolytic cleavage of cz's-(±)-2- azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptane-3-one followed by esterification and amino group protection by following a similar approach as described in the literature (Tetrahedron Zett. 1997, 38, 5371-5374): IR (KBr) 3375, 2976, 2875, 1713, 1519, 1366, 1249, 1201, 1171 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCh, 300 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.58-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.87-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.28 (m, IH), 2.78-2.95 (m, IH), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.08 (brs, IH), 4.95 (brs, IH). Step 2: trazz5-(±)-Methyl-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-l-carboxylate: To a solution of Step 1 intermediate (20 g, 82.20 mmol) in dry methanol (200 ml) was added sodium methoxide (6.65 g, 123.30 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 6 h to result an equilibrium mixture of cis- and trans esters. The more polar trans ester was separated from the cis isomer by careful silica gel column chromatography using 5 % EtOAc in petroleum ether as eluent. Step 3: trø«s-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol: To a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 34.89 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) was added lithium borohydride (2.64 g, 69.8 mmol) in portions over a period of 30 min. The mixture was further stirred at RT for 12 h. Excess lithium borohydride was quenched with 1NHC1 at °0 C. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (200 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 4.3 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3338, 2973, 1688, 1526, 1391, 1366, 1300, 1250, 1171, 1047 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.27-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.65 (m, IH), 1.67-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.05 (m, IH), 2.18-2.30 (m, IH), 3.51 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (brs, IH), 4.58 (brs, IH).
Step 4: trø7ϊs-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate: Reaction of Step 3 intermediate (4.0 g, 18.57 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride (2.34 g, 20.4 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (2.44 g, 24.1 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (80 ml) as described in Intermediate 4 gave 5.2 g of the product as a white solid; TR (KBr) 3342, 1977, 1681, 1532, 1359, 1346, 1248, 1170, 1103, 976, 950 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.32-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.68-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.91- 1.96 (m, IH), 2.04-2.08 (m, IH), 2.47 (quint, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 3.01 (s, 3H), 4.00 (brs, IH), 4.10 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (brs, IH).
Step 5: trα«s-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: This compound was prepared from Step 4 intermediate (4.8 g, 16.36 mmol) and sodium azide (2.13 g, 32.7 mmol) in DMF (50 ml) as described in the preparation of Intermediate 5, Step 1 to give 3.9 g of the product as an oil; IR (neat) 3345, 1969, 2097, 1703, 1511, 1453, 1365, 1248, 1174, 1016 cm"1; 'H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.23-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.65-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.97 (m, IH), 2.01-2.09 (m, IH), 2.52-2.35 (m, IH), 3.22 (dd, J= 5.7, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (brs, IH), 4.50 (brs, IH). Step 6: trazzs-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine: The azide (3.5 g, 14.56 mmol) from Step 5 in methanol (50 ml) was reduced with 5 % Pd/C (180 mg) as described in Intermediate 5, Step 2 to give 3.1 g of the amine as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3321, 2966, 2866, 1690, 1527, 1365, 1172 cm"1; ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.17- 1.27 (m, IH), 1.34-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.59-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.93 (m, IH), 2.00-2.09 (m, IH), 2.55 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 2.62 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 3.93 (brs, IH), 4.52 (brs, IH).
Intermediate 16 l-(2-Chloroacetyl)pyrrolidine O
Chloroacetyl chloride (5.25 g, 46.46 mmol) was added to a stirred cooled (0 °C) solution of pyrrolidine (3.0 g, 42.25 mmol) and triethylamine (6.4 g, 63.36 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (50 ml) and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane (150 ml) and washed with water (2 x 200 ml), brine (200 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous residue. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10 % ethyl acetate in chloroform to give 2.35 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3433, 2951,1657, 1641, 1444, 1281 cm"1; *H NMR (CDC13) 300 MHz) δ 1.89 (quint, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (quint, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (q, J= 5.7 Hz, 4H), 4.02 (s, 2H). Intermediate 17 l-(2-Chloroacetyl)thiazolidine
Figure imgf000036_0001
Reaction of thiazolidine (1.0 g, 11.23 mmol) with chloroacetyl chloride (1.4 g, 12.35 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (1.7 g, 16.85 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (20 ml) as described in Intermediate 16 gave 1.1 g of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3445, 2940, 1651, 1423, 1268 cm"1; lR NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 3.03 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.13 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, IH) 3.82-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.08 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H) 4.59 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H). Intermediate 18 (2S)-l-(2-ChIoroacetyl)-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile O QN CI N
This intermediate was prepared from L-(-)-proline using a literature procedure (J. Med. Chem., 2003, 46, 2774-2789). Intermediate 19 (2S,4S)-l-(2-Chloroacetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile O QN C,^N^
Step 1: (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: This intermediate was prepared in 5 steps from L-(-)-4-hydroxyproline using a literature procedure (WO 03/002553 A2) Step 2: (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: To a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (10 g, 43.10 mmol) in dry THF (50 ml) was added triethylamine (13.93 g, 138 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (14.5 g, 69.05 mmol). The resulting clear solution was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with water (100 ml) and extracted with chloroform (2 x 100 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 9.0 g (97.6 %) of the product as an off- white solid. IR (KBr) 2979, 2243, 1387, 1240, 1168, 1123, 1072, 960 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.49-1.53 (d, rotomer, 9H), 2.25-2.47 (m, IH), 2.64 (t, J= 14.7 Hz, IH), 3.52 (dd, J= 9.6, 3.6 Hz, 0.5H, rotomer), 3.64 (dd, J = 9.3, 3.3 Hz, 0.5H, rotomer), 3.73-3.94 (m, IH), 4.64 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 0.6H, rotomer), 4.76 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 0.4 H, rotomer), 5.31 (brd, J= 51.3 Hz, IH). Step 3: (2S,4S)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile /3-methylbenzenesuTfonate: 4- Methyl-benzenesulfonic acid monohydrate (15.2 g, 79.91 mmol) was added to a solution of step 2 intermediate (8.5 g, 39.72 mmol) in acetonitrile (170 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a brown residue which was taken up in dry diethyl ether (200 ml) and stirred for 1 h. The white crystalline product separated out was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 10.5 g (87 %) of the product as a pale pink solid. IR (KBr) 3304, 2927, 2249, 1393, 1167, 1123, 1034, 1010 cm"1; !H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.65 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.87 (m, 2H), 5.10 (brs, 2H), 5.33 (brd, J= 51.6 Hz, IH), 7.19 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H).
Step 4: (2S,4S)-l-(2-Chloroacetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: A solution of step 3 intermediate (10 g, 32.89 mmol ) and triethylamine (4.32 g, 42.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 ml) was added drop wise to a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of chloroacetyl chloride (4.81 g, 32.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) over a period of 10 min. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 h and diluted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and water (100 ml) under stirring. The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 50 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The residue obtained after evaporation of the solvent was triturated with diethyl ether to give 5.89 g (94 %) of the product as an off-white solid, IR (KBr) 2924, 2241, 1678, 1407, 1281, 1225, 1076, 1051, 958 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 2.26-2.48 (m, IH), 2.66-2.80 (m, IH), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.81-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 0.8H, rotomer), 5.38 (brd, J= 51.3 Hz, 0.2H, rotomer) 5.46 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 0.2H, rotomer), 5.46 (dt, J= 44.4, 3.3 Hz, 0.8H, rotomer). Intermediate 20 (4S)-3-(2-Chloroacetyl)-l,3-thiazoIane-4-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000038_0001
Step 1: (4S)-l,3-thiazolane-4-carboxylic acid: This intermediate was prepared from L-cysteine hydrochloride using a literature procedure (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59, 200-206)
Step 2: (4S)-N-BOC-l,3-thiazolane-4-carboxylic acid: A solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (21.3 g, 0.977 mol) in acetonitrile (20 ml) was added to a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (10.0 g, 0.075 mol) and triethylamine (18.98 g, 0.188 mol) in 50 % aqueous acetonitile (100 ml) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Acetonitrile was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residual aqueous solution was acidified with IN HC1 to pH 3-4. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The residue obtained after evaporation of the solvent was triturated with »-pentane to give 17.5 g of the product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 1746, 1634, 1417, 1367, 1309, 1216, 1119, 1142, 894 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.48 (s, 9H), 3.24-3.33 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.84 (m, 3H), 5.26 (brs, IH). Step 3: (4S)-N-BOC-l,3-thiazolane-4-carboxamide: To a stirred and cooled (-15 °C) solution of step 2 intermediate (10 g, 42.918 mmol) and triethylamine (7.15 g, 70.79 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) was added ethyl chloroformate (7.68 g, 70.79 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere to result a white precipitate. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 min and 30 % aqueous ΝH4OH (100 ml) solution was added drop-wise over a period of 20 min. The temperature of the reaction mixture was slowly raised to room temperature and stirring was continued for another 18 h. The mixture was then extracted into dichloromethane (2 x 100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The residue obtained after evaporation of the solvent was triturated with H-pentane (50 ml) to give 7.1 g (71 %) of the product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 3406, 1666, 1405, 1365, 1163, 1109, cm"1; 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.49 (s,
9H), 3.20-3.51(m (br), 2H), 4.51-4.54 (m, (br), 2H), 5.61 (m (br), IH), 6.50 (s (br), 2H). Step 4: (4S)-N-BOC-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: To a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of step 3 intermediate (7.0 g, 30.04 mmol) and triethylamine (9.2 g, 91.09 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (35 ml) was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (9.46 g, 45.05 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 ml) and extracted with chloroform (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 5.98 g (92.6 %) of the product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 2988, 2243, 1693, 1368, 1271, 1166, 1142, 1113, 970 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.51 (s, 9H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 4.46 (m, IH), 4.57 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.87 (m, 0. 5H), 5.11 (m, 0.5H).
Step 5: (4S)-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile / methylbenzenesulfonate: 4- Methylbenzene-sulfonic acid monohydrate (7.73 g, 40.68 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of step 4 intermediate (5.8 g, 27.10 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (50 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the oily residue obtained was triturated with dry diethyl ether (100 ml) to give 7.21 g (93 %) of the product as a white crystalline solid. IR (KBr) 2988, 2243, 1693, 1368, 1271, 1166, 1142, 1113, 970 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.33 (dd, J= 9.0, 3.3 Hz, IH), 3.46 (dd, J= 6.0, 6.0 Hz, IH), 4.51 (s, 2H), 5.27-5.30 (m, IH), 6.15 (brs, 2H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H).
Step 6: (4S)-3-(2-Chloroacetyl)-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: A mixture of step 5 intermediate (7.0 g, 23.03 mmol) and triethylamine (3.02 g, 29.90 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 ml) was added drop wise (10 min) to a stirred and cooled (0 °C) solution of chloroacetyl chloride (2.58 g, 23.03 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 ml) over 20 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h and diluted with water (100 ml). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (2x 50 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was triturated with diethyl ether (30 ml) to give 4.01 g, (91 %) of the product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 2953. 2246, 1667, 1393, 1284, 1262, 1182, 985 cm"1; !H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 3.32 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.73 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.27 (dd, J= 3.6, 1.5 Hz, IH).
Example 1 czs-(±)-6-(3-[2-(l-PyrroUdinyl)-2- oxoethylamino]cyclopentylmethylamino)nicotino-nitrile
Figure imgf000040_0001
Step 1: czs-(±)-6-[ -N-BO A mixture of Intermediate 5 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol), 6-chloronicotinonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) and KHCO3 (2.4 g, 24.0 mmol) in dry DMF (50 ml) was heated at 80 °C for 3 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and water (200 ml) under stirring. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 100 ml), and brine (100 ml) and dried (Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography (20 % EtOAc in CHCI3) to give 6.0 g (81 %) of the product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3355, 2972, 2216, 1693, 1607, 1518, 1393, 1366, 1299, 1249, 1169, 1077, 1012 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.16 (m, IH), 1.37-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.81-1.87 (m, IH), 1.99- 2.05 (m, IH), 2.17-2.29 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.95 (brs, IH), 6.38 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.40 (s, IH).
Step 2: ct5,-(±)-6-[3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: A solution of 12 % HC1 in EtOAc (20 ml) was added to Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) at 10 °C and the solution was maintained at the same temperature for 15 min under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was diluted with water (20 ml) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer containing the product was basified to pH 10 with solid K2CO3 and the solution was extracted with DCM (4 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 683 mg of the amine, which was used as such for the next reaction.
Step 3: cz'5-(±)-6-(3-[2-(l-Pyrrolidinyl)-2-oxoethylamino]cyclopentylmethylamino)- nicotinonitrile: A solution of intermediate 16 (232 mg, 1.57) in dry THF (10 ml) was added (2 h) to a stirred and cooled (10 °C) mixture of the amine from Step 2 (680 mg, 3.15 mmol), K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature of the reaction mixture was slowly raised to room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography (3 % methanol in chloroform) to give 300 mg (27 %) of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3299, 2951, 2213, 1633, 1607, 1518, 1442 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.40 (m, IH), 1.59-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m, 9H), 2.52 (br s, IH), 3.11-3.15 (m, IH), 3.20-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.51 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.48 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.31 (s,lH).
Example 2 6-{(3-[2-Oxo-2-(l,3-thiazolan-3-yl)ethylamino]cyclopentylmethylamino}nicotino- nitrile
Figure imgf000041_0001
Reaction of ct5-(±)-6-[(3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile (392 mg, 1.814 mmol) with Intermediate 17 (150 mg, 0.909 mmol) using potassium carbonate (500 mg, 3.629 mmol) and Nal (272 mg, 1.814 mmol) in THF (10 ml) as described in Example 1 gave 93 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3324, 2943, 2121, 1651, 1605, 1516, 1410 cm"1; JH NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.38 (m, IH), 1.59-2.04 (m, 9H), 2.52 (brs, IH), 3.04 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, IH), 3.11 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.14-3.49 (m, 4H), 3.66 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.89 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 4.42 (s, IH), 4.63 (s, IH), 6.35 (dd, J = 6.3, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.34 (br s, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.32 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH). Example 3 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000041_0002
Reaction of cz5-(±)-6-[3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (272 mg, 1.57 mmol) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1 gave 300 mg (27 %) mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3360, 2949, 2213,1658, 1606, 1517, 1410, 1302, 1211, 1142 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.40 (m, IH), 1.59-2.35 (m, 10H), 2.53 (brs, IH), 3.16-2.59 (m, 7H), 4.19 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 0.8H, rotomer), 4.65 (dt, 0.2H, rotomer), 6.36 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (brs, IH, D2O exchangeable), 7.48 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.31 (dd, J= 4.5, 2.4 Hz, IH). Example 4 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000042_0001
Dry HCI gas was bubbled into a solution of the free base (150 mg, 0.42 mmol) from Example 3 in dichloromethane (5 ml) at 10 °C. The white solid precipitated out was allowed to stir at the same temperature for 15 min. The product was then collected by filtration, washed with dry diethyl ether (5 ml) and dried under vacuum for 3 h to give 152 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3435, 2946, 2236, 1664, 1616, 1434, 1342, 1206, cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.35-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.94 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.43 (m, 4H), 3.41-3.47 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.69 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 4.80 (m, IH, merged with HOD peak), 7.00 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH). Example 5 6-((lSl-,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile maleate
Figure imgf000042_0002
A solution of maleic acid (33 mg, 0.284 mmol) in acetone (3 ml) was added to a stirred solution of the free base (100 mg, 0.284 mmol) from Example 3 in acetone (3 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 20 min and the solid separated out was collected by filtration. The product was dried under vacuum to give 130 mg (100 %) of product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3421, 3247, 2978, 2217, 1669, 1606, 1580, 1447, 1352 1194 cm"1: 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.58- 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.05 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.26 (m, 4H), 3.19 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.27- 3.35 (m, IH), 3.44-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.70 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.12 (s, 2H), 6.43 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.47 (dd, J= 7.2, 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.10 (s, IH). Example 6 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile fumarate
Figure imgf000043_0001
A solution of fumaric acid (33 mg, 0.284 mmol) in acetone (3 ml) was added to a 5 stirred solution of base (100 mg, 0.284 mmol), from Example 3, in acetone (3 ml) at room temperature for 20 min. The solid precipitated out was collected by filtration and dried for 1 h under vacuum to give 130 mg of product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3376, 2963, 2217, 1670, 1608, 1519, 1302, 1262 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.34 (m, IH), 1.48-1.51 (m, IH), 1.73-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.15 (m, 4H), 2.24- 10 2.35 (m, 3H), 3.31 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.66 (m, 3H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 4.71-4.73 (m, IH), 6.59-6.64 (m, 3H), 7.65 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.23 (s, IH). Example 7 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile citrate
Figure imgf000043_0002
A solution of citric acid (55 mg, 0.284 mmol) in acetone (3 ml) was added to a stirred solution of base (100 mg, 0.284 mmol), from Example 3, in acetone (3 ml) at RT and stirred for 20 min at the same temperature. The solid precipitated out was collected by filtration and then dried for 1 h under vacuum to give 140 mg of the product as white
20 solid: IR (KBr) 3384, 2963, 2218, 1667, 1609, 1519 1411 1213 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.05 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.26 (m, 4H), 2.75 (d, J= 15.6 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (d, J= 15.6 Hz, 2H), 3.20 (d, J= 6 Hz, 2H), 3.27- 3.55 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.70 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.48 (d, J= 9 Hz, IH), 7.50 (dd, J= 6.9, 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, IH).
25 Example 8 6-((lS,3Λ)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl-amino)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000043_0003
Step 1: 6-[(lS,3i?)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This product was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol) and 6- chloronicotmonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) using KHCO3 (2.4 g, 24 mmol) in dry DMF (50 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 6.0 g (81 %) of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3359, 2968, 2216, 1680, 1607, 1521, 1171 cm"1; lU ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.15 (m, IH), 1.38-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.82-1.87 (m, IH), 1.99- 2.05 (m, IH), 2.17-2.28 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, IH), 4.75 (brs, IH), 5.13 (brs, IH), 6.38 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.56 (dd, J= 6.6, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH). Step 2: 6-[(lS,3i?)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This product was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) using a solution of 12 % HCI in EtOAc (20 ml) as described in Example 1, step 2 to give 683 mg of the amine, which was used as such for next reaction. Step 3: 6-((lS,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile: This product was synthesized from Step 2 intermediate (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (232 mg, 1.57) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Νal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 300 mg (27 %) of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3359, 2926, 2214, 1658, 1606, 1518, 1410, 1302 cm"1; ^ MR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.34-1.41 (m, IH), 1.59-1.91 (m, 5H), 1.97-2.36 (m, 5H), 2.51 (brs, IH), 3.17-3.64 (m, 5H), 3.39 (d, J = 6 Hz, 2H), 4.61-4.67 (m, rotomer, 0.15H), 4.76-4.80 (m, rotomer, 0.85H), 6.37 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.26 (brs, IH), 7.46 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.30 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, IH). Example 9 6-((lS,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyImethyl-ammo)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000044_0001
This dihydrochloride salt was synthesized from the base (150 mg, 0.42 mmol) from Example 8 using dry HCI gas as described in Example 4 to give 152 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3430, 2946, 2232, 1665, 1612, 1433, 1354, 1206 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.35-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.41 (m, 4H), 3.41-3.48 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.69 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 4.68 (m, IH), 7.00 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH). Example 10 6-((lR,3S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl-amino)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000045_0001
Step 1: 6-[(li-,3S)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This product was synthesized from Intermediate 13 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol) and 6- chloronicotinonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) using KHCO3 (2.4 g, 24 mmol) in dry DMF (50 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 5.98 g (81 %) of the product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3339, 2969, 2096, 1697, 1517, 1365, 1170 cm"1; lΪL ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.5 (m, IH), 1.37-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.80-1.86 (m, IH), 1.99-2.05 (m, IH), 2.17-2.28 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.94 (brs, IH), 4.74 (brs, IH), 5.12 (brs, IH), 6.37 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.55 (dd, J= 6.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.55 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH). Step 2: 6-[(lR,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This product was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) using 12 % HCI in EtOAc (20 ml) as described in Example 1, step 2 to give 683 mg of the amine, which was used as such for next reaction.
Step 3: 6-((lR,3S)-3- {2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile: This product was synthesized from Step 2 intermediate (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (232 mg, 1.57) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Νal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, step 3 gave 300 mg (27 %) of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3359, 2947, 2215, 1659, 1608, 1516, 1410, 1302, 1211 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.40 (m, IH), 1.59-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.82 (m, 9H), 2.52 (br s, IH), 3.11-3.15 (m, IH), 3.20-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.51 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.48 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.31 (s, lH). Example 11 6-((lR,3S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrohdin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl- amino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000046_0001
The base (150 mg, 0.42 mmol) from Example 7 in dichloromethane (5 mL) was treated with dry HCI gas as described in Example 4 to give 152 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3430, 2946, 2232, 1665, 1612, 1433, 1354, 1206 cm"1; NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.35-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.22- 2.41 (m, 4H), 3.41-3.48 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.69 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 4.68 (m, IH), 7.00 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH). Example 12
6-((4SR,lRS)-4-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-2- cyclopentenyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000046_0002
Step 1 : cz5-(±)-6-[4-N-BOC-Amino-2-cyclopentenylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 14 (2.83 g, 8.96 mmol) and 6- chloronicotinonitrile (1.24 g, 8.96 mmol) using KHCO3 (1.41 g, 13.97 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 1.1 g (40 %) of the product as a solid; IR (neat) 3327, 2978, 2219, 1687, 1605, 1511, 1365, 1251, 1164, 1068 cm"1; 1HΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.35-1.48 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.51-2.61 (m, IH), 3.43 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.60 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.82 (brs, IH), 5.64 (brs, IH), 5.81 (s, 2H), 6.43 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.53 (dd, J= 6.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH). Step 2: cz5-(+)-6-[4-Amino-2-cyclopentenylmethylamino]nicotinonitrile: The amine was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.19 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 650 mg of the product, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: cώ-(±)-6-((4Si?,li?S)-4-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}- 2-cyclopentenylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared by coupling reaction of free amine from Step 2 (650 mg, 3.00 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (274 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K CO3 (437 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (238 mg, 1.58 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 250 mg of the product as a viscous residue: IR (neat) 3313, 2953, 2214, 1655, 1518, 1412, 1301, 1212, 1145 cm"1; lΗ. NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.53 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, IH), 2.13-2.45 (m, 4H), 3.14-3.65 (m, 8H), 3.79 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 4.56-4.58 (m, 0.2H, rotomer), 4.78 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 0.8H, rotomer), 5.84-5.89 (m, 2H), 6.40 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.44 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 7.56 (brs, IH), 7.56 (brs, IH), 8.31 (s, IH).
Example 13 6-((lJRS,3R5)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile
Step 1:
Figure imgf000047_0001
This compound was prepared from Intermediate 15 (5.0 g, 23.36 mmol) and 6- chloronicotinonitrile (3.3 g, 23.82 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 6.0 g (81 %) mg of the product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3340, 2972, 2222, 1682, 1602, 1515, 1364, 1295, 1169, 1135 cm"1; Η ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.23-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.99 (m, IH), 2.04-2.11 (m, IH), 2.29- 2.40 (m, IH), 3.27 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.59-4.03 (m, IH), 4..49 (brs, IH), 5.10 (brs, IH), 6.36 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.56 (dd, J= 6.9, 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.35 (dd, J= 4.5, 2.1, Hz, IH). Step 2: trαrø-(±)-6-(3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile: The free amine was generated from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.18 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 671 mg of the amine as a viscous liquid which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3: 6-((li?S,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile: The amine from Step 2 (655 mg, 3.03 mmol) was coupled with Intermediate 18 (274 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K2CO3 (437 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Νal (238 mg, 1.58 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 282 mg of the product as a viscous residue: IR (neat) 3360, 2949, 2213, 1658, 1606, 1517, 1410, 1302, 1211, 1142 cm"1; ^ MR ^DCb, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.40 (m, IH), 1.59-2.35 (m, 10H), 2.53 (brs, IH), 3.16-2.59 (m, 7H), 4.19 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 0.8H, rotomer), 4.65 (dt, 0.2H, rotomer), 6.36 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.31 (brs, IH, D2O exchangeable), 7.48 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.31 (dd, J= 4.5, 2.4 Hz, IH). Example 14 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrroUdin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}- cyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000048_0001
This compound was prepared from cz's-(±)-6-(3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino)- nicotinonitrile (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 19 (300 mg, 1.57 mmol) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 275 mg (26 %) of the product as a semisolid: IR (KBr) 3378, 2948, 2214, 1654, 1608, 1412, 1301, 1226, 1077 cm"1; lU NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.33-1.39 (m, IH), 1.59-1.90 (m, 6H), 1.97-2.08 (m, IH), 2.20- 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.71 (t, J= 45.6 Hz, IH), 3.17-3.97 (m, 6H), 4.85 (m, 0.25H, rotomer), 4.97 (d, rotomer, J = 9.0 Hz, 0.75H), 5.38 (d, rotomer, J= 50.0 Hz, 0.25H), 5.44 (d, rotomer, J= 50.0 Hz, 0.75H), 6.35 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.11 (brs, IH), 7.45 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.30 (dd, J= 8.1, 2.4 Hz, IH). Example 15 6-((lS,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fl oropyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethyIamino}cyclo-pentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000048_0002
This compound was prepared from 6-[(lS,3i-)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino]- nicotinonitrile (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) from Example 8, Step 2 and Intermediate 19 (300 mg, 1.57 mmol) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1 to give 275 mg (26 %) of the product as a semi solid: IR (KBr) 3378, 2948, 2214, 1654, 1608, 1412, 1301, 1226, 1077 cm"1; ^ NMR ^DCls, 300 MHz) δ 1.33-1.39 (m, IH), 1.59-1.90 (m, 6H), 1.97- 2.08 (m, IH), 2.20-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.71 (t, J = 45.6 Hz, IH), 3.17-3.97 (m, 6H), 4.85 (m, 0.25H, rotomer), 4.97 (d, rotomer, J= 9.0 Hz, 0.75H), 5.38 (d, rotomer, J= 50.0 Hz, 0.25H), 5.44 (d, rotomer, J= 50.0 Hz, 0.75H), 6.35 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.11(brs, IH), 7.45 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.30 (dd, J= 8.1, 2.4 Hz, IH). Example 16 (4S)-3-{2-(lSR,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2- pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000049_0001
Step 1 : (4S)-3- {2-(lSi?,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: Reaction of cώ-(±)-6-(3- Aminocyclopentylmethyl-amino)nicotinonitrile (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) with Intermediate 20 (300 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 276 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3366, 2943, 2213, 1664, 1607, 1517, 1405, 1302, 1211 cm"1; lR NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.33 (m, IH), 1.60-2.09 (m, 7H), 2.50 (m, IH), 3.18-3.56 (m, 6H), 4.54-4.60 (m, 2H), 5.31 (dd, J = 4.8, 4.5 Hz, IH), 6.35 (dd, J= 5.7, 3.3 Hz, IH), 6.91 (brs, IH), 7.52 (m, IH), 8.32 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH).
Step 2: (4S)-3- {2-(lSR,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride: The dihydrochloride salt was prepared form Step 1 intermediate (50 mg) using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane as described in Example 4 gave 52 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3429, 2938, 2237, 1666, 1616, 1426, 1342, 1208 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.33- 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.15 (m, IH), 2.29-2.40 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.41 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.68 (m, IH), 4.03-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.51 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 4.61 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.22-5.25 ( , IH), 6.98 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, IH), 7.86 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH). Example 17 (4S)-3-{2-(lRS,3i?S)-3-[(5-Cyano-2- pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000050_0001
Step 1: (4S)-3-{2-(li?S,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from trans-(±)-6- (3-Aminocyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile from Example 13, Step 2 (680 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Intermediate 20 (300 mg, 1.58 mmol) using K2CO3 (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) and Nal (236 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, step 3 to give 270 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3414, 2935, 2214, 1666, 1607, 1401, 1303 cm"1; tøNMR CCDCU, 300 MHz) δ 1.26-1.36 (m, IH), 1.39- 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.93-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.46 (m, IH), 3.19-3.54 ( , 5H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.68 (m, 2H), 5.10 (br s, IH), 5.31 (br s, IH), 6.37 (d. J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.56 (dd, J= 6.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.35 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH)
Step 2: (4S)-3-{2-(lRS,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2-pyridylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride: The dihydrochloride salt was prepared form Step 1 intermediate (50 mg) using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane (5 ml) as described in Example 4 to give 53 mg of the product as a white solid: Mp. 228- 232 °C; IR (KBr) 3414, 2963, 2236, 1663, 1614, 1412 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) 1.29-1.42 (m, IH), 1.61-1.74 (m, IH), 1.83-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.24 (m, IH), 2.42-2.58 (m, IH), 3.27-3.41 (m, 5H), 3.70-3.75 (m, IH), 4.03-4.17 (m, 2H), 5.22- 5.25 (m, IH), 6.96 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 8.30 (dd, J= 0.9 Hz, 1.2 Hz, IH). Example 18 (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(2-PyrimidinyIammomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000050_0002
Step 1: cώ-(±)-l-BOC-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: A mixture of Intermediate 5 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol), 2-chloropyrimidine (1.07 g, 9.34 mmol) and KHCO3 (1.41 g, 13.974 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was stirred at 80 °C for 18 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was worked-up as described in Example 1, Step 1 to afford a viscous residue, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (10 % acetone in petroleum ether) to give 1.4 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3369, 3260, 1682, 1599, 1525, 1453, 1366, 1170 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.21 (m, IH), 1.37-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.85 (m, IH), 1.98-2.04 (m, IH), 2.15-2.75 ( , 2H), 3.29-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.96 (brs, IH), 4.99 (brs, IH), 5.19 (brs, IH), 6.52 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.27 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: cts,-(±)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.3 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 890 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3Si?,li?S)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 18 (373 mg, 2.16 mmol) and Step 2 intermediate (830 mg, 4.32 mmol) using K2CO3 (597 mg, 4.32 mmol) and Nal (324 mg, 2.16 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, step 3 to give 300 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3307, 2949, 2240, 1659, 1589, 1535, 1414, 1367 cm"1; 1HNMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.26 (m, IH), 1.54-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.77- 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.90 (brs, 2H), 2.04-2.33 (m, 5H), 3.12-3.16 (m, IH), 3.31-3.59 (m, 6H), 4.75-4.79 (m, IH), 5.89 (brs, IH), 6.48 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.25 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H). Example 19 (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,li?S)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylammo)acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000051_0001
The dihydrochloride salt was prepared from the base (50 mg) from Example 18 using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane as described in Example 4 to give 55 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3426, 2960, 1648, 1430, 1346 cm'1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.34-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.38 (m, 7H), 3.38- 3.67 (m, 4H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 4.67-4.82 (m, IH), 6.93 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, IH), 8.46 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 2H). Example 20 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000052_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This intermediate was prepared from Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) and 2- chloropyrimidine (1.07 g, 9.34 mmol) in the presence of KHCO3 (1.41 g, 13.974 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 18 to give 1.4 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3362, 2959, 1680, 1602, 1524, 1253, 1170 cm"1; H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.21 (m, IH), 1.37-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.85 (m, IH), 1.98-2.04 (m, IH), 2.15-2.75 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.96 (brs, IH), 4.99 (brs, IH), 5.19 (brs, IH), 6.52 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.27 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.2 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 850 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino)acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (830 mg, 4.32 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (373 mg, 2.16 mmol) using K2CO3 (597 mg, 4.32 mmol) and Νal (324 mg, 2.16 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 300 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3307, 2949, 2240, 1659, 1598, 1414, 1367 cm"1; ^ ΝMR ^DCls, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.26 (m, IH), 1.54-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.90 (brs, 2H), 2.04-2.33 (m, 5H), 3.12-3.16 (m, IH), 3.31-3.59 (m, 6H), 4.75-4.79 (m, IH), 5.89 (brs, IH), 6.48 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, lH), 8.25 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H). Example 21 (2S)-l-{2-[(3R,lS)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylammomethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl}- pyrroϊidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000052_0002
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3i?,lS)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 13 (2 g, 9.34 mmol) and 2- chloropvrimidine(l .07 g, 9.34 mmol) using KHCO3 (1.41 g, 13.97 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 18, to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3362, 2959, 1680, 1602, 1524, 1253, 1170 cm"1; ^ NMR ^DCls, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.25 (m, IH), 1.37-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.84 (m, IH), 1.99-2.05 (m, IH), 2.15-2.27 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.95 (brs, IH), 4.99 (brs, IH), 5.20 (brs, IH), 6.52 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.27 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: (3i?,lS)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (800 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 515 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3i?,lS)-3-(2-pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.59 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (224 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K2CO3 (358 mg, 2.59 mmol) and Nal (194 mg, 1.29 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in the Example 1, Step 3 to gave 150 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3293, 2962, 2241, 1657, 1589, 1534, 1411, 1367 cm"1; 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.18-1.27 (m, IH), 1.52-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.35 (m, 7H), 3.13-3.17 (m, IH), 3.32-3.60 (m, 6H), 4.77-4.80 (m, IH), 5.92 (brs, IH), 6.48 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.24 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H). Example 22 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(l-Phenyl-lfT-l,2,3,4-tetraazol-5- ylaminomethyl)cyclopentyl-amino] acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000053_0001
Step 1 : Nl -BOC-(3S, li?)-3-(l -Phenyl-IH- 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetraazol-5-ylaminomethyl)- cyclopentan-1 -amine: This compound was prepared by the reaction of Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) with 2-chlorophenyltetrazole (1.86 g, 10.30 mmol) in the presence of K2CO3 (1.55 g, 11.23 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was worked up as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 1.2 g of the product as white solid: IR (KBr) 3337, 2965, 1682, 1614, 1529, 1252, 1175 cm" 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.06-1.12 (m, IH), 1.36-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.74-1.84 (m, IH), 1.93-2.06 (m, IH), 2.17-2.29 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.92 (brs, IH), 4.36 (brs, IH), 4.57 (brs, IH), 7.49-7.63 (m, 5H). Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-(l-Phenyl-lH-l,2,3,4-tetraazol-5-ylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l- amine: To a stirred and cooled (10°C) solution of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.396 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 10 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 519 mg of the product as its TFA salt which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3: (2S)-1 - {2-[(3S, li?)-3-(l -Phenyl-lH-1 ,2,3,4-tetraazol-5-ylaminomethyl)cyclo- pentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (519, 1.396 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (120 mg, 0.695 mmol) using K2CO3 (578 mg, 4.188 mmol) and Nal (104 mg, 0.695 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, step3 to give (100 mg) of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3306, 2953, 2242, 1659, 1609, 1503, 1410, 1216 cm"1; !H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.27 (br d, J= 13.5 Hz, IH), 1.56-1.98 (m, 5H), 2.13-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.50 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, IH), 2.53-2.60 (m, IH), 2.88 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, IH), 2.99-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.53 (m, 4H), 4.68 (br d, J= 6 Hz, IH), 7.03 (br s, IH), 7.41-7.55 (m, 5H). Example 23 (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(3-Chloro-4- mtroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrroIidine-2-carbomtrile
Figure imgf000054_0001
Step 1: ct5-(±)-Ni-BOC-3-(3-Chloro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 5 (2.0 g, 9.34 mmol) and 2,4- dichloronitrobenezene (1.79 g, 9.34 mmol) using KHCO3 (1.40 mg, 14.00 mmol) in DMF (25 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 1.0 g of the product as a yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3350, 2935, 1684, 1623, 1568, 1527, 1306, 1253, 1053 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.125-1.17 (m, IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.41 ( , 2H), 3.22-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.98 (br s, IH), 4.51 (br s, IH), 6.61 (dd, J= 6.9, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.81 (s, IH), 8.12 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 8.16 (br s, IH). Step 2: cώ-(±)-3-(3-Chloro-4-nitiOanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.65 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 470 mg of the amine as a yellow solid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3SR, lRS)-3-(3 -chloro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (469 mg, 1.74 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (150 mg, 0.869 mmol) using K2CO3 (240 mg, 1.71 mmol), Nal (130 mg, 086 mmol) and dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 162 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3369, 2624, 1654, 1614, 1567, 1493, 1413, 1310, 1255 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.18-1.31 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.91 (m, 3H), 2.13-2.37 (m, 5H), 3.21 (br s, IH), 3.26 (t, J= 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.61 (m, 2H), 4.78 (br d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.59 (dd, J= 6.9, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.83 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.10 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 8.18 (br s, IH). Example 24 (2S)-l-{2-[(3Si?,li?S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine -2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000055_0001
Step 1: cώ-(±)-Ni-BOC-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 5 (800 mg, 3.738 mmol) and 3,4- difluoronitrobenzene (600 mg, 3.738 mmol) using KHCO3 (561 mg, 5.61 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 983 mg of the product as a yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3393, 2972, 1697, 1613, 1541, 1365, 1296 cm"1; Η NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.15 (m, IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.06 ( , 2H), 2.25-2.36 (m, 2H), 3.22 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (brs, IH), 4.56 (brs, IH), 4.68 (brs, IH), 6.62 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.88 ( dd, J= 9.0, 2.7 Hz, IH), 8.00 (dd, J = 6.6, 5.4 Hz, IH). Step 2: ct5'-(±)-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (900 mg, 2.535 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 500 mg of the product as a yellow solid. Step 3 : (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3SR, li?S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]- acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (296 mg, 1.160 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (100 mg, 0579 mmol) using K2CO3 (161 mg, 1.607 mmol), Nal (87 mg, 0.58 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 83 mg of the product as a yellow semisolid: IR (neat) 3355, 3195, 2947, 2240, 1659, 1630, 1547, 1324, 1196 cm"1; 1HNMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.40-1.44 (m, IH), 1.64-2.05 (m, 6H), 2.17-2.21 (m, 4H), 2.61 (brs, IH), 3.16-3.48 (m, 6H), 3.52-3.60 (m, IH), 4.77-4.83 (m, IH), 6.49-6.55 (m, IH), 7.17 (brs, IH), 7.82 (dt, J= 9.3, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.98 (dd, J= 26.6, 2.1 Hz, IH).
Example 25 (2S)-l-{2-[(lR,3S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4-nitroanilinmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000056_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2-fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 9 (2.1 g, 9.813 mmol) and 3,4- difluoronitrobenzene (1.56 g, 9.813 mmol) using KHCO3 (1.47 mg, 14.719) in DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 3.0 g of the compound as a yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3312, 2973, 1696, 1551, 1510, 1367, 1162 cm"1; !H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.15 (m, IH), 1.42-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.84-1.93 (m, IH), 2.01-2.07 (m, IH), 2.25-2.36 (m, 2H), 3.22 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (m, IH), 4.50 (brs, IH), 4.67 (brs, IH), 6.62 (t, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.88 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.7 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH). Step 2: (3S,lR)-3-(2-fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethy)cyclopentylamine: This compound was prepared from Stepl intermediate (1.5 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 1.0 g of the product as a yellow solid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(li?,3S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (900 mg, 3.55 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (306 mg, 1.77 mmol) using K2CO3 (981 mg, 7.108 mmol) and Νal (265 mg, 1.77 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 250 mg of the compound as a yellow semisolid: IR (neat) 3315, 2931, 2240, 1659, 1613, 1546, 1408, 1325, 1196 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.43 (d, J= 14.7 Hz, IH), 1.64-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.84-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.36 (m, 4H), 2.63 (brs, IH), 3.15-3.30 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.80-4.83 (m, IH), 6.52 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.28 (brs, IH), 7.80 (dd, J= 9.3, 2.7 Hz, IH), 7.98 (dd, J= 6.6, 2.1 Hz, IH). Example 26 (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-l-{2-[(lR,3S)-3-(2-fluoro-4- nitroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]-ethyI}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000057_0001
This compound was prepared form (3S,lR)-3-(2-fluoro-4-nitroanilinomethy)- cyclopentylamine (650 mg, 2.569 mmol) obtained from Example 25, Step 2 and Intermediate 19 (245 mg, 1.284 mmol) using K2CO3 (354 mg, 2.569 mmol) and Nal (385 mg, 2.569 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the compound as a yellow solid: IR (KBr) 3392, 3315, 2959, 2243, 1653, 1616, 1559, 1333, 1296 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.64- 2.05 (m, 5H), 2.27-2.72 (m, 3H), 3.16-3.94 (m, 7H), 4.86 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.23H), 5.00 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.77H), 5.38 (dt, J = 4.0, 45.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.23H), 5.43 (dt, J= 3.6, 44.4 Hz, rotomer, 0.77H), 6.53 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.21 (brs, IH), 7.79 (dd, J= 9.6, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.97 (dd, J= 6.6, 2.7 Hz, IH). Example 27 (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(2,4,5-TrifluoroanUinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000057_0002
Step 1: czs'-(±)-2,4,5-trifluorol-[3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]benzene:
A solution of (±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,l]heptane-3-one (500 mg, 3.39 mmol) and 2,4,5-trifluoroanilme (1.07 g, 5.094 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (122 mg, 5.09 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was further stirred at the same temperature for 30 min. and then quenched with ice-cold water (50 ml). The mixture was extracted with
EtOAc (2 x 50 ml) and washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried
(Νa2SO4). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 15 % acetone in petroleum ether to give (725 mg) of the product as a white solid: IR (neat) 3434, 3304, 2967, 1677, 1539, 1429, 1211, 1021 cm"1; lR NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.52-2.06 ( m, 5H), 2.19-2.28 (m, IH), 2.78-2.85 (m, IH), 4.11 (brs, IH), 5.25 (m, IH), 6.93-7.02 (m, IH), 7.33 (s, IH), 2.78-2.85 (m, IH). Step 2: ct5-(±)-Nl-BOC-3-(2,4,5-trifluoroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: Borane- methyl sulfide complex (1.34 ml, 13.95 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Stepl intermediate (1.0 g, 2.79 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was then heated at 60 °C for 30 min under nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (50 ml) and then extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 ml). The organic extract was washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (10 % acetone in petroleum ether) to give 600 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (neat) 3368, 2929, 1677, 1536, 1366, 1169 cm"1; 'H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.04-1.14 (m, IH), 1.37- 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.59 (brs, IH), 1.85-1.90 (m, IH), 1.98-2.04 (m, IH), 2.19-2.33 (m, 2H), 3.03 (d, J = x Hz, 2H), 3.95 (brs, IH), 4.49 (brs, IH), 6.40-6.49 (m, IH), 6.81-6.90 (m, lH).
Step 3: cz.s-(±)-3-(2,4,5-trifluoroanilinomethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 190 mg of the compound as a yellow solid, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 4: (2S)-l-{2-[(3Si?,lRS)-3-(2,4,5-
Trifluoroanilinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: Coupling reaction of Step 3 intermediate (185 mg, 0.788 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (65 mg, 0.379 mmol) using potassium carbonate (105 mg, 0.788 mmol) and Νal (113 mg, 0.788 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 50 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2951, 2241, 1661, 1537, 1434, 1222, 1173 cm"1; ^ ΝMR ^DCls, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.31 (m, IH), 1.62-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.79- 1.85 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.37 (m, 6H), 3.03 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, IH), 3.29-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.77-4.79 (m, IH), 6.35-6.42 (m, IH), 6.76-6.88 (m, IH). Example 28 (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-Phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000059_0001
Step 1: cz5-(±)-Nl-BOC-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: A mixture of Intermediate 4 (950 mg, 3.24 mmol), thiophenol (428 mg, 3.89 mmol) and K2CO3 (681 mg, 4.86 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) was stined at 70 °C for 3 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (150 ml) and washed with water (2 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Νa2SO ). The solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1.01 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3399, 2963, 1687, 1515, 1175 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.06-1.16 (m, IH), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.11- 2.19 (m, IH), 2.22-2.35 (m, IH), 2.95 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (brs, IH), 3.17 (brs, IH), 7.14-7.34 (m, 5H).
Step 2: cz5-(±)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 500 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,li?S)-3-ρhenylsulfanylmethylcycloρentylamino]acetytl}- pyrro-lidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (396 mg, 1.913 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (165 mg, 0.956 mmol) using K2CO (264 mg, 1.91 mmol) and Nal (143 mg, 0.956 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 147 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3316, 1947, 1661, 1412, 1313 cm"1; !H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.29 (m, IH), 1.52-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.32 (m, 7H), 2.98 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.09-3.14 (m, IH), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.39-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.74-4.77 (m, IH), 7.13-7.33 (m, 5H). Example 29 (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000059_0002
Step 1: cw-(±)-Nl-BOC-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: m-Chloro- perbenzoic acid (1.4 g, 4.06 mmol) was added to a well-stined and cooled (10 °C) solution of Nl-BOC-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine (500 mg, 1.62 mmol) from Example 28 in chloroform (25 ml) and the mixture was further stined at the same temperature for 1 h. The excess m-chloroperbenzoic acid was quenched with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The mixture was then diluted with chloroform (100 ml) and washed with 2N aOH solution (2 x 50 ml), water (100 ml) and brine (100 ml). The organic extract was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 450 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 2979, 1707, 1500, 1367, 1153 cm"1; ]H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.17 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.38 (m, 2H), 3.16 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (brs, IH), 4.49 (brs, IH), 7.54-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.89-7.92 (m, 2H). Step 2: cw-(±)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (850 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 480 mg of the amine as a semisolid which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-1 - {2-[(3Si?,li?S)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetytl} - pyno- lidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 2.25 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (107 mg, 1.62 mmol) using K CO3 (345 mg, 2.50 mmol) and Nal (187 mg, 1.246 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 50 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3400, 2953, 2239, 1658, 1446, 1303, 1148 cm"1; ^NMR ^DCls, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.33 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.50 (m, IH), 1.74-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.40 (m, 7H), 3.09-3.69 (m, 5H), 3.35 (s, 2H), 4.70-4.77 (m, IH), 7.54-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H). Example 30
(2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-PhenylsuIfanylmethylcycopentylamino]acetytl}-pyrrolidine- 2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000060_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 8 (3.0 g, 10.23 mmol) and thiophenol (1.13 g, 10.23 mmol) using K2CO3 (2.0 g, 14.49 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 3.0 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3406, 2968, 1687, 1513, 1364, 1297, 1172 cm"1; !H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.05-1.16 (m, IH), 1.34-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.81-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.22 (m, IH), 2.26- 2.35 (m, IH), 2.95 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (brs, IH), 4.50 (brs, IH), 7.14-7.35 (m, 5H). Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Stepl intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 675 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-(3S,lR)-3-Phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) using K2CO3 (400 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Nal (217 mg, 1.44 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3316, 2947, 2239, 1661,1413, 1313, 1144 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.13-1.17 (m, IH), 1.47-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.85 (brs, 2H), 2.10-2.31 (m, 7H), 2.98 (dd, J= 5.1, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 3.08-3.13 (m, IH), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.39-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.76 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.13- 7.18 ( , IH), 7.24-7.33 (m, 4H). Example 31 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetytl}-pyrrolidine- 2-carbonitrile
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared by the oxidation of Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3- Phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-1 -amine (1.4g, 4.56 mmol), obtained from Example 30 using 50 % m-chloroperbenzoic acid (3.93 g , 11.3 mmol) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.4 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3381, 2975, 1715, 1522, 1448, 1365, 1298, 1251, 1168, 1085 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.14 (m, IH), 1.40-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.91-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.36 (m, 2H), 3.16 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (brs, IH), 4.50 (brs, IH), 7.54-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.64- 7.69 (m, IH), 7.89-7.93 (m, 2H).
Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine. This compound was prepared from Stepl intermediate (1.1 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 745 mg of the amine as a semisolid which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li-)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcycopentylamino]acetyl}- pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (700 mg, 2.92 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (253 mg, 1.46 mmol) using K2CO3 (404 mg, 2.92 mmol) and Nal (220 mg, 1.46 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 217 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2955, 2240, 1659, 1412, 1303, 1148, 1085 cm"1; !H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.27 (m, IH), 1.44-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.91 (m, 4H), 2.09-2.40 (m, 5H), 3.07-3.22 (m, 3H), 3.34-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.73-4.77 (m, rotomer, IH), 7.53-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.88-7.92 (m, 2H). Example 32 (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrroUdine- 2-carbonitriIe
Figure imgf000062_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 12 (3.0 g, 10.23 mmol) and thiophenol (1.35 g, 12.27 mmol) using K CO3 (2.21 g, 16.00 mmol) in dry DMF (25 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 2.9 g of the product as a white solid: TR (neat) 3406, 2968, 1688, 1581, 1513, 1172 cm"1; JH ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.05-1.16 (m, IH), 1.36-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.81-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.21 (m, IH), 2.26- 2.35 (m, IH), 2.95 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (brs, IH), 4.51 (brs, IH), 7.14-7.34 (m, 5H).
Step 2: (lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 675 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-(lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pynolidme-2-carbomtrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) using K2CO3 (400 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Νal (217 mg, 1.44 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 200 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3314, 2947, 2240, 1660, 1414, 1313 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.13-1.17 (m, IH), 1.46- 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.72 (brs, IH, D2O exchangeable), 1.78-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.31 (m, 6H), 2.98 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.08-3.13 (m, IH), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.39-3.61 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 7.13-7.34 (m, 5H). Example 33 (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-PhenyIsulfonylmethylcycIopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine- 2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000063_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan- 1-amine (1.4 g, 4.56 mmol) from Example 32 and 50 % ?«-chloroperbenzoic acid (3.93 g of 50 %, 11.3 mmol) in chloroform (30 ml) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.55 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3381, 2975, 1715, 1522, 1448, 1365, 1299, 1251, 1147, 1085 cm"1; 'H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.17 (m, IH), 1.35-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.91-1.99 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.38 (m, 2H), 3.16 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (brs, IH), 4.45 (brs, IH), 7.26-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.69 (m, IH), 7.89-7.93 (m, 2H).
Step 2: (lS,3R)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 702 mg of the amine as a semisolid which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino]acetyI}- pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (250 mg, 1.44 mmol) using K2CO3 (400 mg, 2.88 mmol) and Νal (217 mg, 1.44 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 90 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3317, 2955, 2244, 1659, 1446, 1304, 1148 cm"1; ^ΝMR ^DCU, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.28 (m, IH), 1.46-1.53 ( , 2H), 1.74-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.43 (m, 7H), 3.11-3.23 (m, 3H), 3.35 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 3.39-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.77 (m, rotomer, IH), 7.54-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.89-7.92 (m, 2H).
Example 34
(2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(4-Fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrro-lidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000063_0002
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-(4-fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 12 (1.6 g, 5.46 mmol) and 4- fluorothiophenol (0.83 g, 6.54 mmol) using K2CO3 (1.13 g, 8.19 mmol) in dry DMF (30 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 1.29 g of the compound as a white solid: IR (KBr ) 3372, 2969, 1678, 1588, 1519, 1152 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.03-1.14 (m, IH), 1.36-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.78-1.87 (m, IH), 1.93- 2.01 (m, IH), 2.08-2.16 (m, IH), 2.25-2.34 (m, IH), 2.89 (d, J = 4.2 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (brs, IH), 4.49 (brs, IH), 6.94-7.02 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.36 (m, 2H). Step 2: (lS,3i?)-3-(4-fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (640 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 470 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-(lS,3R)-3-(4- fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (400 mg, 2.07 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (178 mg, 1.03 mmol) using K2CO3 (286 mg, 2.07 mmol) and Nal (310 mg, 2.07 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 140 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3316, 2949, 2240, 1661, 1490, 1416, 1222 cm"1; 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.25 (m, IH), 1.47-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.33 (m, 5H), 2.92 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.90-3.13 (m, IH), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.39-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.77 (m, IH), 6.95-7.01 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.35 (m, 2H).
Example 35 (2S)-l-{2-[(4S,lR)-4-(2-PyridylsuIfanyImethyl)cyclopent-2-eneamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000064_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(4S,li-)-4-(2-pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene-l-amine: This compound was prepared from (4- ,lS)-4-N-BOC-aminocyclopent-2-enylmethyl methane sulfonate (1.0 g, 3.43 mmol) from Intermediate 14, Step 2, Method B and 2- mercaptopyridine (496 mg, 4.46 mmol) using K2CO3 (711 g, 5.15 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 28, step 1 to give 1.01 g of the compound as a white solid: IR (neat) 3337, 2974, 1707, 1579, 1454, 1168 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.34-1.45 ( , IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.54-2.58 (m, IH), 2.98-3.02 (m, IH), 3.21- 3.35 (m, 2H), 4.66 (brs, IH), 5.02 (brs, IH), 5.74-5.77 (m, IH), 5.84-5.87 (m, IH), 6.96-7.00 (m, IH), 7.19 (d, J= Hz, IH), 7.44-7.49 (m, IH), 8.42 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, IH). Step 2: (4S,lR)-4-(2-pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.96 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 344 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3: (2S)- 1 - {2-[(4S, li?)-4-(2-Pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene- 1 - amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 amine (340 mg, 1.60 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (142 mg, 0.82 mmol) using K2CO3 (454 mg, 3.29 mmol) and Nal (247 mg, 1.64 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 140 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3046, 2943, 1658, 1578, 1414, 1124 cm"1; ^ MR ^DCls, 300 MHz) δ 1.32-1.40 (m, IH), 2.07-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.42-2.51 ( , IH), 3.00-3.05 (m, IH), 3.27-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.35-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.85-3.90 (m, IH), 4.77 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 4.89- 4.91 (m, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.78-5.82 (m, IH), 5.86-5.89 (m, IH), 6.95-6.98 (m, IH), 7.18 (dd, J= 6.9.0.9 Hz, IH), 7.44-7.49 (m, IH), 8.40-8.42 (m, IH). Example 36 (25)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(2-Pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000065_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3-(2-pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 12 (1 g, 3.41 mmol) and 2- mercaptopyridine (455 mg, 4.09 mmol) using K2CO3 (706 mg, 5.11 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 720 mg of the compound as a white solid: IR (neat) 3335, 2972, 1694, 1505, 1454, 1365, 1247, 1124 cm"1; ]H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.26 (m, IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.86- 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.30 (m, 2H), 3.19 (dd, J= 6.8, 6.6 Hz, IH), 3.31 (dd, J= 6.8, 6.6 Hz, IH), 3.94 (brs, IH), 4.93 (brs, IH), 6.94-6.99 (m, IH), 7.17 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.43-7.49 (m, IH), 8.43 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, IH). Step 2: (lS,3Λ)-3-(2-pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (700 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 310 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3 : (25)- 1 - {2-[(l S,3R)-3-(2-pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cycloρentylamino]acetyl} - pyno- lidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.44 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (124 mg, 0.72 mmol) using K2CO3 (198 mg, 1.42 mmol) and Nal (107 mg, 0.72 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 110 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2948, 2240, 1640, 1414, 1124 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.22 (m, IH), 1.48- 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.32 (m, 7H), 3.09-3.15 (m, IH), 3.26 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.80 (m, IH), 6.95 (dd, J = 4.5, 2.7 Hz, IH), 7.16 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.46 (dt, J= 5.4, 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.40 (d, J- 6.0 Hz, IH). Example 37 (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(2-PyridyIsulfonylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000066_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-2-pyridylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine. This compound was prepared by the oxidation of Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-(2- pyridylsulfanylmethyl)-cyclopentyl-l -amine (1.4 g, 4.536 mmol) from Example 36, Step 1 using 50 % rø-chloroperbenzoic acid (3.93 g , 11.3 mmol) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.3 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3372, 2975, 1702, 1524, 1304, 1162 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.18 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.35 (m, 2H), 3.48 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (brs, IH), 4.48 (brs, IH), 7.54-7.59 (m, IH), 7.17 (dt, J= 5.7, 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 8.74-8.76 (m, IH). Step 2: (lS,3i?)-2-pyridylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 603 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3i?)-3-(2-ρyridylsulfonylmethyl)cycloρentylamino]acetyl}- pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.403 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (207 mg, 1.201 mmol) using K2CO3 (332 mg, 2.403 mmol) and Νal (180 mg, 1.201 mmol) in dry THF (25 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the product as semisolid: IR (neat) 3306, 2946, 2241, 1656, 1427, 1305, 1163 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.18-1.35 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.87-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.46 (m, 6H), 3.12-3.19 (m, IH), 3.34- 3.58 (m, 6H), 4.76 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 7.56 (dd, J= 6.0, 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.94-8.00 (m, IH), 8.10 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.75 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, IH). Example 38 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-CyanopyrroUdin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylsulfanyl)nicotinonitriIe
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1: cz5-(±)-6-(3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from the Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.825 mmol) and 5-cyano-2- mercaptopyridine (930 mg, 6.838 mmol) using K2CO3 (1.04 g, 10.15 mmol) in dry DMF (25 ml) as described in Example 28 to give 2.1 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3345, 2960, 2235, 1684, 1531, 1464, 1365, 1112 cm"1; ]H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.21 (m, IH), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.93-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.71 (m, 2H), 3.52 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (brs, IH), 4.51 (brs, IH), 8.22-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.99 (s, IH).
Step 2: cώ-(±)-6-(3-aminocyclopentylmethylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 330 mg of the product as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared form Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.287 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (111 mg, 0.643 mmol) using K2CO3 (178 mg, 1.287 mmol) and al (97 mg, 0.643 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3317, 2947, 2470, 2229, 1659, 1583, 1460, 1414, 1112 cm"1; !H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.27 (m, IH), 1.47-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.87 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.33 (m, 6H), 3.11-3.15 (m, IH), 3.28 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.40- 3.63 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.78 (m, IH), 7.23 (dd, J= 7.5, 0.9 Hz, IH), 7.63 (dd, J= 6.3, 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.63 (dd, J= 1.5, 0.6 Hz, IH). Example 39 6-((lSi?,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylsulfanyl)nictmonitrile maleate
Figure imgf000068_0001
A solution of maleic acid (32 mg, 0.275 mmol) in EtOAc (4 ml) was added to a stined solution of free base (100 mg, 0.271 mmol) from Example 38 in EtOAc (4 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was stined for 20 min. and the solid separated out was collected by filtration. The product was dried under vacuum to give 120 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3437, 2981, 2228, 1667, 1584, 1460, 1350, 1110 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.43-1.46 (m, IH), 1.85-1.64 (m, IH), 1.78- 1.85 (m, IH), 1.94-2.01 (m, IH), 2.09-2.47 (m, 7H), 3.34-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.97-4.11 (m, rotomer, 2H), 4.78-4.90 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.27 (s, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J= 7.8, 0.6 Hz, IH), 7.85 (dd, J= 6.3, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH).
Example 40
6-((15R,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl- methylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000068_0002
Step 1: cώ-(±)-6-(3-N- -am This compound was prepared by the oxidation of czs-(±)-6-(3-N-BOC- aminocyclopentylmethylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile (1.1 g, 3.303 mmol) from Example 38 with 50 % m-chloroperbenzoic acid (2.86 g, 8.289 mmol) in chloroform (25 ml) as described in Example 29, Step 1 to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3360, 2977, 2239, 1685, 1530, 1317, 1158 cm"1; lϋ ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.21 (m, IH), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.37 (m, 2H), 3.52 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (brs, IH), 4.51 (brs, IH), 8.22-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.99 (s, IH).
Step 2 ct5-(±)-6-(3-aminocyclopentylmethylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (600 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 328 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopynolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.132 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (98 mg, 0.568 mmol) using K2CO3 (157 mg, 1.137 mmol) and Nal (85 mg, 0.568 mmol) in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 157 mg of the product as semisolid: TR (neat) 3400, 2955, 2238, 1662, 1456, 1313, 1156 cm"1; 2H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 0.85-.089 (m, IH), 1.25-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.67 (m, 3H), 1.83- 2.47 (m, 6H), 3.20 (brs, IH), 3.41 (s, 2H), 3.57 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 3.50-3.69 (m, 2H), 4.68-2.77 (m, IH), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H), 8.99 (s, IH). Example 41
(25)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(2-Pyrimidinylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrol-idine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000069_0001
compound was prepared from Intermediate 8 (2.0 g, 6.826 mmol) and 2- mercaptopyrimidine (765 mg, 6.83 mmol) using K2CO3 (1.04 g, 7.536 mmol) in dry DMF (25 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 1.7 g of the compound as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3330, 2968, 1699, 1566, 1382, 1171 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.25 ( , IH), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.41-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.85-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.34 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.95 (brs, IH), 4.83 (brs, IH), 6.96 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.51 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-(2-pyrimidinyllsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (700 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 351 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(2-
Pyrimidinylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.435 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (124 mg, 0.718 mmol) using K2CO3 (199 mg, 1.443 mmol) and Νal (108 mg, 0.718 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 175 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3316, 2949, 2241, 1659, 1565, 1548, 1382, 1189 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.13-1.23 (m, IH), 1.48-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.33 (m, 7H), 3.10-3.17 (m, IH), 3.23 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.37-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.75-2.77 (m, IH), 6.94 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.50 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 2H). Example 42 (2S)-l-{2-[(35,li?)-3-(lJH-Benzo[rf]imidazol-2- ylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyI}-pyrroIidine-2-carbonitriIe
Figure imgf000070_0001
Step 1 : Nl -BOC-(3S, li?)-3-(lH-benzo[cTli idazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l - amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 8 (2 g, 6.825 mmol) and 2- mercaptobenzo[c ]imidazole (1.03 g, 6.866 mmol) using K2CO3 (1.04 g, 7.536 mmol) in dry DMF (20 ml) as described in Example 28, Step 1 to give 1.5 g of the compound as a white solid: IR (KBr ) 3384, 3074, 2972, 1684, 1529, 1404, 1272, 1182 cm"1; ^ ΝMR ^DsOD, 300 MHz) δ 1.19-1.25 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.39-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.86-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.26 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.83 (brs, IH), 7.16-7.19 ( , 2H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H).
Step 2: (3S,lR)-3-(lH-benzo[cT|imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (800 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 450 mg of the compound as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(lH-benzo[ ]imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl- amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (400 mg, 1.619 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (140 mg, 0.812 mmol) using K2CO3 (224 mg, 1.62 mmol) and Νal (123 mg, 0.810 mmol) in dry TΗF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 65 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3304, 2953, 2240, 1659, 1406, 1267 cm"1; ^ MR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.25- 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.36 (m, 7H), 3.14-3.19 (m, IH), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.29-3.55 (m, 4H), 4.71-4.75 (m, IH), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.49 (brs, 2H). Example 43 (2S)-l-{2-[(3Siϋ,lJRS)-3-(4-Νitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl}-pyrro- Iidine-2-carbonitriIe
Figure imgf000071_0001
Step 1: cw-(±)-Nl-BOC-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: Diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 g, 11.47 mmol) was added (5 min) to a well-stined solution of Intermediate 3 (1.9 g, 8.83 mmol), 4-nitrophenol (1.23 g, 8.83 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.47 g, 13.22 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) at room temperature. The temperature of the mixture was slowly raised to 60-70 °C and further maintained at the same temperature for 3 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10 % EtOAc in petroleum ether to give 2.5 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3371, 1688, 1530, 1520, 1332, 1258, 1168 cm"1; !H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.22-1.31 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.85- 2.01 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.51 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (brs, IH), 4.79 (brs, IH), 6.96 (dd, J= 5.1, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H). Step 2: ct5-(±)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 700 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3Si?,lJRS)-3-(4-nitiOphenoxymethyl)cyclopentylammo]acetyl}- pyτrolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K2CO3 (355 mg, 2.56 mmol) and al (194 mg, 1.1.29 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3316, 2951, 2240, 1660, 1592, 1510, 1340, 1262, 1111, 1013 cm"1; 1HΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.21-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.47 (m, 5H), 3.17- 3.22 (m, IH), 3.40 (s, 2H), 3.43-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.75-4.78 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.94 (dt, J= 4.8, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 8.19 (dd, J= 4.8, 3.3 Hz, 2H). Example 44
(2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(4-Nitrophenoxymethyl)cycIopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000071_0002
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 7 (1.9 g, 8.83 mmol) and 4-nitrophenol (1.23 g, 8.83 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 g, 11.47 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.47 g, 13.22 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 2.5 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3369, 2921, 1685, 1511, 1334, 1260, 1172, cm"1; 1HΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.22-1.31 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.85-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.52 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (brs, IH), 4.76 (brs, IH), 6.96 (dd, J= 5.1, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (dd, J= 4.9, 2.1 Hz, 2H). Step 2: (3S,li-)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (900 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 625 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3 : (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3S, lR)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl} - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K CO3 (355 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Νal (194 mg, 1.1.29 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 180 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3300, 2950, 2225, 1659, 1592, 1509, 1411, 1340, 1262, 1111 cm"1; 1HΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.30 (m, IH), 1.52-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.89 (m, 3H), 2.13-2.47 (m, 6H), 3.16- 3.20 (m, IH), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.76-4.79 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.94 (dd, J= 5.1, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.19 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H). Example 45 (2S)-l-{2-[(3R,lS)-3-(4-Nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000072_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3R,lS)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared form Intermediate 11 (1.9 g, 8.83 mmol) and 4-nitrophenol (1.23 g, 8.83 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.0 g, 11.47 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (3.47 g, 13.22 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 2.5 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3369, 2966, 1685, 1593, 1511, 1334, 1260, 1172 cm"1; lU ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.22-1.34 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.81-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.35 (m, IH), 2.43-2.52 (m, IH), 3.98 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (brs, IH), 4.75 (brs, IH), 9.96 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: (3i?,lS)-3-(4-nitiophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 670 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3JR,lS)-3-(4-nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) using K2CO3 (355 mg, 2.56 mmol) and Nal (194 mg, 1.1.29 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1 , Step 3 to give 190 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2953, 2240, 1661, 1592, 1511, 1412, 1340, 1262, 1111 cm"1; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.89 (m, 5H), 2.08-2.47 (m, 5H), 3.16-3.21 (m, IH), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.37-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.76-4.78 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.94 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.1 Hz, 2H). Example 46
(25)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(4-Cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000073_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Intermediate 11 (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol) and 4-cyanophenol (830 mg, 6.97 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.58 g, 9.06 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.74 g, 10.44 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 1.53 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3358, 2939, 2224, 1682, 1606, 1521, 1254, 1171 cm"1; tø ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.31 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.33 (m, IH), 2.40-2.47 (m, IH), 3.93 (d, J= 6 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (brs, IH), 4.76 (brs, IH), 6.95 (dd, J = 1.8, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (dd, J= 5.1, 2.4 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: (lS,3i?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (800 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 513 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 3 : (2S)- 1 - {2-[(l S,3i?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl} - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.31 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (200 mg, 1.15 mmol) using K2CO3 (319 mg, 2.31 mmol) and Nal (172 mg, 1.16 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2951, 2223, 1690, 1605, 1509, 1416, 1303, 1172 cm"1; !H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.19- 1.29 (m, IH), 1.53-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.45 (m, 6H), 3.16-3.21 (m, IH), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.37-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.93 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.75-4.78 ( , rotomer, IH), 6.93 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H). Example 47 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,ljR)-3-(4-Cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitriIe
Figure imgf000074_0001
Step 1: Nl-BOC-(3S,li?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared form Intermediate 7 (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol) and 4-cyanophenol (830 mg, 6.97 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.58 g, 9.06 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.1 g, 10.44 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 1.53 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3356, 2941, 2219, 1679, 1608, 1509, 1264, 1161 cm"1; i ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.30 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.50-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.49 (m, 2H), 3.93 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (brs, IH), 4.75 (brs, IH), 6.95 (dt, J = 5.1, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (dd, J = 5.1, 2.4 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (550 mg) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 400 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3 : (2S)- 1 - {2-[(3S, li?)-3-(4-cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl} - pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (350 mg, 1.62 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (140 mg, 0.805 mmol) using K2CO3 (224 mg, 1.61 mmol) and Νal (243 mg, 1.62 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 150 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3020, 2958, 2226, 1664, 1606, 1509, 1257, 1215 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.29 (m, IH), 1.50-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.09-2.45 (m, 6H), 3.16-3.21 (m, IH), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.38-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.93 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.75-4.78 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.93 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.57(dt, J= 5.1, 2.7 Hz, 2H). Example 48 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,l^)-3-(4-Cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}- pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride
Figure imgf000075_0001
The hydrochloride salt of Example 47 (150 mg) was prepared as described in Example 4 using dry HCI gas in dichloromethane to give 155 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3900, 2956, 2223, 1670, 1605, 1508, 1258, 1172 cm"1; !H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.47-1.54 (m, IH), 1.60-1.69 (m, IH), 1.76-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.52 (m, 7H), 3.39-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.97-4.10 (m, 4H), 4.65-4.68 (m, IH), 7.04 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (dd, J= 5.1, 2.4 Hz, 2H). Example 49 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(4-Cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyI}- pyrroIidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000075_0002
This compound was prepared form Intermediate 7 (1.0 g, 4.65 mmol) and 4-cyano-3- fluorophenol (638 mg, 4.65 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.05 g, 6.02 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.83 g, 6.97 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3360, 2967, 2231, 1682, 1622, 1525, 1171 cm"1; !H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.19-1.29 (m, IH), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.50-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.84-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.47 (m, 2H), 3.92 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (brs, IH), 4.72 (brs, IH), 6.69-6.78 (m, 2H), 7.51 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.2 Hz, IH). Step 2: (3S,li?)-3-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.1 g) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 555 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.13 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (184 mg, 1.06 mmol) using K2CO3 (294 mg, 2.13 mmol) and Nal (160 mg, 1.06 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 100 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3318, 2952, 2228, 1661, 1621, 1506, 1415, 1301, 1172 cm"1; 'H NMR (CDCI3, 300 MHz) δ 1.19-1.28 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.45 (m, 6H), 3.16-3.22 (m, IH), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.93 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.60- 4.78 (m, rotomer, IH), 6.67-6.77 (m, 2H), 7.50 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH). Example 50
(2S,4S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(4-Cyano-3- fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-pyrrolidine-2- carbonitrile
Figure imgf000076_0001
This compound was prepared from (3S,lR)-3-(4-cyano-3-fluorophenoxymethyl)- cyclopentan-1 -amine (500 mg, 2.13 mmol) from Example 49, Step 2 and Intermediate 19 (203 mg, 1.06 mmol) using K2CO3 (294 mg, 2.13 mmol) and Nal (160 mg, 1.06 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 100 mg of the product as a semisolid: IR (neat) 3328, 2937, 2227, 1659, 1618, 1500, 1416, 1301, 1113 cm"1; 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.19-1.28 (m, IH), 1.44-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 3H), 2.11-2.48 (m, 3H), 2.64-2.78 (m, IH), 3.17-3.23 (m, IH), 3.39 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, rotomer, 2H), 3.34-3.98 (m, rotomer, 2H), 3.93 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 5.32 (dt, J= 5.1, 40.1 Hz, rotomer, 0.25H), 5.42 (dt, J= 3.6, 44.1 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H), 6.70 (dd, J = 8.4, 3.0 Hz, IH), 6.75 (dd, J = 6.0, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.50 (dd, J= 7.8, 0.9 Hz, IH). Example 51 (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(l-Cyanodibenzo[6,</lfuran-4- yloxymethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000076_0002
Step 1 : Nl -BOC-(3S, lR)-3-(l -cyanodibenzo[b,(t]furan-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentan- 1 - amine: This compound was prepared form Intermediate 7 (4.0 g, 19.13 mmol) and 4- hydroxydibenzo[b, lfuran-l-carbonitrile (4.11 g, 11.13 mmol) using diethyl azodicarboxylate (4.33 mg, 24.88 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (7.52 g, 28.70 mmol) in dry THF (80 ml) as described in Example 43, Step 1 to give 6.01 g of the product as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3356, 2965, 2221, 1684, 1509, 1258, 1105 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.77-2.07 (m, 3H), 2.35- 2.57 (m, 2H), 2.06 (brs, IH), 4.66 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (brs, IH), 7.41-7.46 (m, IH), 7.59-7.62 (m, 2H), 8.19 (s, IH), 8.96 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 10.17 (s, IH). Step 2: (3S,lR)-3-(l-cyanodibenzo[b, ]furan-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine: This compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 2.46) as described in Example 1, Step 2 to give 750 mg of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the next step. Step 3: (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(l-cyanodibenzo[b,cTlfuran-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentyl- amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile: This compound was prepared from Step 2 intermediate (750 mg, 2.44 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (212 mg, 1.23 mmol) using K2CO3 (337 mg, 2.44 mmol) and Νal (10 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dry THF (40 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 to give 210 mg of the product as a white solid: IR (neat) 3331, 2931, 2221, 1689, 1657, 1575, 1370, 1104 cm"1; 1H ΝMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) δ 1.40-1.50 (m, IH), 1.59-1.67 (m,lH), 1.77-1.82 (m, IH), 1.88-2.33 (m, 9H), 2.54-2.59 (m, IH), 3.22-3.27 (m, IH), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.57-3.63 (m, IH), 4.67 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.75-4.78 (m, rotomer, IH), 7.42-7.45 (m, IH), 7.57-7.64 (m, 2H), 8.18 (s, IH), 8.94 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 10.16 (s, IH).
Protocol for in-vitro DPP-IV assay DPPIV activity was determined by the cleavage rate of 7-amino-4-methyl coumarin (AMC) from synthetic substrate Glycyl-Prolyl-AMC. In brief, the assay was conducted by adding 10 ng of human recombinant Dipeptidyl peptidase IV enzyme (DPPIV, available commercially from R & D Systems) in 50 μl of the assay buffer (25 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 140 mM ΝaCl, 10 niM KC1, 1% BSA) to 96 well black flat bottom microtiter plates. The reaction was initiated by adding 50 μl of 100 μM substrate Gly-Pro-AMC. The incubation was carried out in the kinetic mode at 30 °C for 30 minutes. Fluorescence was measured using Fluorostar at excitation filter of 380 nm and emission filter of 460 nm). Test compounds and solvent controls were added as 1 μl additions. A standard curve of free amino methyl coumarin (AMC) was generated using 0-100 μM AMC in the assay buffer. The curve generated, which was linear was used for the interpolation of catalytic activity.
TESTS FOR IC5o STUDIES: Test compounds dissolved in DMSO at 5-6 concentrations were tested in duplicate along with the solvent control and blank samples. Percent inhibition was calculated at each concentration with respect to the solvent control sample (no test compound added). IC50 values were calculated from 3 experiments using the prism software. Table 1 DPP-IN inhibition using human recombinant DPP-IV enzyme (n = 3)
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Although the invention herein has been described with reference to particular embodiments, it is to be understood that these embodiments are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the present invention. It is therefore to be understood that numerous modifications may be made to the illustrative embodiments and that other anangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention as defined by the appended claims. All patent and non-patent publications cited in this specification are indicative of the level of skill of those skilled in the art to which this invention pertains. All these publications and patent applications are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference.

Claims

1. A compound of general Formula (I)
Figure imgf000080_0001
(I) wherein:
Y is -S (O) m, -CH2-, CHF, or -CF2; X is NR3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; the dotted line [ — ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond ; R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl ;
R2 is hydrogen, nitrile (-CN), COOH, or an isostere of a carboxylic acid; R3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy; and R4 and R5 may be same or different and are independently hydrogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, acetyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylakyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acid derivatives or the analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, solvates, N-oxides, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein one or more of R1, R3, R and R5 is independently substituted by one or more substituents wherein each substituent is independently hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, carboxyl, cyano, amino, nitro, oxo (=O), thio (=S), optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclic ring, -COORx, -C(O)R , -C(S)RX, -C(O)NRxRy, -C(O)ONRxRy, -NRxCONRyRz, -N(Rx)SORy, -N(Rx)SO2Ry, -(=N- N(Rx)Ry), -NRxC(O)ORy, -NRxR , -NRxC(O)Ry-, -NRxC(S)Ry -NRxC(S)NR Rz, - SONRxRy-, -SO2NRxRy-, -ORx, -ORxC(O)NRyRz, -ORxC(O)ORy-, -OC(O)Rx, - OC(O)NRxRy, -RxNRyRz, -RxRyRz, -RXCF3, -RxNRyC(O)Rz, -RxORy, -RxC(O)ORy, - RxC(O)NRyRz, -RxC(O)Rx, -RxOC(O)Ry, -SRX, -SORx, -SO2Rx, -ONO2, wherein Rx, Ry and Rz is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X is -NR3- wherein R3 is hydrogen.
4. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X is O.
5. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X is -S(O)m- and m is
0 or 2
6. A compound according to claim 1-4 or 5, wherein Y is -CH2- .
7. A compound according to claim 1 -4 or 5, wherein Y is -CHF-.
8. A compound according to claim 1-4 or 5, wherein Y is -S(O)m- and m is O.
9. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is phenyl.
10. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 4-cyano phenyl
11. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 3-fluro-4- cyano phenyl.
12. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 2-fluro-4-nitro phenyl.
13. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 4-nitro phenyl.
14. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 4-fluro phenyl.
15. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 2-fluro-4-nitro phenyl.
16. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 2,4,5 trifluro phenyl.
17. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is pyridin-2-yl
18. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 5-cyano pyridin-2-yl.
19. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is Pyrimidin-2-yl
20. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is benimidazole- 2-yl
21. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 4-cyano dibenzofuran- 1 -yl
22. A compound according to claim 1-7 or 8, wherein R1 is 1-phenyl- 1 ,2,3 ,4-terazol-5 -yl
23. A compound according to claim 1-21 or 22, wherein R is hydrogen
24. A compound according to claim 1-21 or 22, wherein R2 is nitrile (- CN).
25. A compound having the formula ct,s-(±)-6-(3 -[2-(l -Pynolidinyl)-2- oxoethylamino] cyclopentylmethylamino) nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
26. A compound having the formula 6-{(3-[2-Oxo-2-(l ,3-thiazolan-3- yl)ethylamino] cyclopentylmethylamino} nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
27. A compound having the formula 6-((lSR,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin- l-yl]-2-oxoethyl amino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
28. A compound having the formula 6-((\SR,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin- 1 -yl]-2-oxoethylamino} cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride
29. A compound having the formula 6-((lSi?,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-
Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile maleate
30. A compound having the formula 6-((lSR,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile fumarate
31. A compound having the formula 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile citrate
32. A compound having the formula 6-((lS,3R)-3- {2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethyl amino}cyclopentyl ethyl-amino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
33. A compound having the formula 6-((lS,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-
Cyanopyτrolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride
34. A compound having the formula 6-((lR,3S)-3- {2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethyl amino}cyclopentyl methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
35. A compound having the formula 6-((l#,3S)-3-{2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethyl amino} cyclopentyl methyl-amino)nicotinonitrile dihydrochloride
36. A compound having the formula 6-((4SR,li?S)-4-{2-[(2S)-2- cyanopynolidin- l-yl]-2-oxoethyl amino} -2-cyclopentenyl- methylamino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
37. A compound having the formula 6-((lRS,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S)-2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethyl amino} cyclopentyl-methylamino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
38. A compound having the formula 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-
4-fluoropynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
39. A compound having the formula 6-((lS,3i?)-3- {2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4- fluoropynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethylamino)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
40. A compound having the formula (4S)-3-{2-(lSR,3RS)-3-[(5-Cyano-2- pyridylaminomethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -1,3 -thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride.
41. A compound having the formula (4S)-3-{2-(lRS,3i?S)-3-[(5-Cyano-2- pyridylaminomethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl}-l,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride .
42. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl) cyclopentylamino)acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
43. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclo pentylamino)acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
44. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(2-
Pyrimidinylaminomethyl) cyclopentylamino)acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
45. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3i?,lS)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylaminomethyl) cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
46. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(l-Phenyl-lH- l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-ylamino methyl) cyclopentyl-amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2- carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
47. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(3-Chloro-4- nitroanilinomethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
48. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitroanilinmethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl}-pynolidine -2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
49. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(li?,3S)-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitroanilinmethyl) cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
50. A compound having the formula (2S,4S)-4-FTuoro-l-{2-[(lR,3S)-3-(2- fluoro-4-nitro anilinomethyl) cyclopentyl amino] -ethyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
51. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3Si?,li?S)-3-(2,4,5- Trifluoroanilinomethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
52. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,lRS)-3- Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino] acetytl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
53. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3Si?,lRS)-3- Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentyl amino] acetytl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
54. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3- Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
55. A compound having the formula (2S)-1 - {2-[(3S, lR)-3-
Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
56. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3i?)-3- Phenylsulfanylmethylcycopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
57. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3- Phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
58. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(4- Fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
59. A compound (2S)-l-{2-[(4S,lR)-4-(2- Pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
60. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(2-
Pyridylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
61. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3R)-3-(2- Pyridylsulfonylmethyl) cyclo pentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
62. A compound 6-((lSR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2- oxoethyl amino} cyclopentyl-methylsulfanyl)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
63. A compound having the formula 6-((lSi?,3i?S)-3-{2-[(2S)~2- Cyanopynolidin-l-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylsulfanyl)nictinonitrile maleate
64. 6-((l SR,3RS)-3- {2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-l -yl)-2- oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methylsulfonyl)nicotinonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
65. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(2- Pyrimidinylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentyl amino]acetyl}-pyrcol-idine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
66. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(lH-
Benzo[β ]imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentylamino]-acetyl pynolidine-2- carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
67. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3SR,li?S)-3-(4- Nitrophenoxymethyl) cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
68. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(4- Nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
69. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3R,lS)-3-(4- Nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -ρynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
70. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(lS,3i?)-3-(4- Cyanophenoxymethyl) cyclopentyl amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
71. A compound having the formula (2S)-1 - {2-[(3S, li?)-3-(4-
Cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentyl amino]acetyl}-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
72. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,l#)-3-(4- Cyanophenoxymethyl) cyclopentyl ammo]acetyl} -ρynolidine-2-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
73. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,li?)-3-(4-Cyano-3- fluorophenoxymethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
74. A compound having the formula (2S,4S)-l-{2-[(3S,li.)-3-(4-Cyano-3- fluorophenoxymethyl) cyclopentylamino] acetyl} -4-fluoro-pynolidine-2-carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
75. A compound having the formula (2S)-l-{2-[(3S,lR)-3-(l- Cyanodibenzo[b, ] furan-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentylamino] -acetyl }-pynolidine-2- carbonitrile or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
76. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-74 or 75.
77. A pharmaceutical composition useful in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases, which are associated with DPP-IV, the composition comprising, as an active ingredient, a compound according to any one of claims 1 - 74 or 75 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
78. A method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases which are associated with DPP-IN, selected from the group consisting of diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, impaired glucose tolerance, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, obesity, and metabolic syndrome, which method comprises administering to a host suffering therefrom a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 - 74 or 75.
79. The method of claim 78, wherein the compound is administered in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, or canier.
80. A method of treating insulin resistant non-impaired glucose tolerance in order to prevent or delay the onset of noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus comprising administering to a host suffering therefrom a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 - 74 or 75.
81. A pharmaceutical composition comprising, as an active ingredient, a compound according to any one of claims 1 - 74 or 75 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug or hydrate thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
82. A method for the manufacture of a medicament or a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing a compound according to any one of claims 1 - 74 or 75, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
83. A process for the preparation of compounds of the general formula (I) :
Figure imgf000088_0001
wherein:
Y is -S (O) m, -CH2-, CHF, or -CF2; X is NR3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; the dotted line [ — ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond ;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
R2 is hydrogen, nitrile (-CN), COOH, or isosteres of carboxylic acids; wherein R is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy; R4 and R5 may be same or different and are independently hydrogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, acetyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylakyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acid derivatives or the analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, polymorphs, solvates, N-oxides, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which comprises the step of: a) coupling of a compound of formula (1) with a compound of formula (2) wherein; L is a leaving group and PG is a protecting group
Figure imgf000088_0002
(1) (2) in the presence of a base in a solvent followed by deprotection to give a compound of general formula (3)
Figure imgf000089_0001
(3) wherein Rι and X are the same as described above b)coupling of a compound of formula (3) with a compound of formula (4) ) wherein;
L is a leaving group; R2 and Y are the same as described above :
Figure imgf000089_0002
(3) (4)
in the presence of a base in a solvent to give the desired compound of general formula (I) H O 2
(I)
84. The process according to claim 83 , wherein said coupling is performed from about 1 to about 48 hours.
85. The process of claims 83 , wherein said base is selected from the group consisting of potassium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, diisopropylethylamine and triethylamine.
86. The process of claim 83, wherein said solvent is selected from the group consisting of Dimethyl formamide, tetrahydrofuran andmethylene chloride.
87. A compound of general formula (2) -NHPG HX (2) wherein:
X is NR3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; wherein R3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy; PG is an amino protecting group or an analog, tautomeric form, regioisomer, stereoisomer, enantiomer, diastereomer or salt thereof.
88. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula cis-(±)-3-N- BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methanol.
89. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula cis-(±)-3-N-
BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methylamine.
90. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula (lS,3R)-(+)-3- N-BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methanol.
91. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula (lS,3i?)-3-N- BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methylamine .
92. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula (3S,lR)-(-)-3- N-BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methanol.
93. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula (3S,li?)-(-)-3- N-BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methylamine.
94. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula cis-(+)-4-N-
BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-enyl methylamine.
95. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula trans-(+)-3-N- BOC-Aminocyclopentyl methylamine.
96. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula cts-(+)-3-N- BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate
97. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula (lS,3R)-(+)-3- N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylmethanesulfo nate.
98. A compound according to claim 87, having the formula (3S,li.)-(-)-3- N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylmethanesulfonate.
99. A compound of general Formula (3)
Figure imgf000090_0001
(3) wherein: X is R3, O or S (O)m; m is 0, 1 or 2; the dotted line [ — ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond ;
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
R3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl,substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy;or the analogs, tautomeric forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers or the salts thereof.
100. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula c/s-(±)-6-[3- Aminocyclopentylmethyl amino] nicotinonitrile.
101. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula 6-[(lS,3R)-3- Aminocyclopentyl methyl amino]nicotinonitrile.
102. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula 6-[(lR,3S)-3-
Aminocyclopentyl methylamino]nicotinonitrile.
103. A compound according to claim 99, having the fonnula cis-(±)-6-[4- Amino-2-cyclopentenyl methylamino] nicotinonitrile.
104. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula trans-(±)-6- (3-Aminocyclopentyl methylamino) nicotinonitrile.
105. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cis-(±)-3-(2- pyrimidinylaminomethyl) cyclopentan-l-amine.
106. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3-(2- pyrimidinylaminomethyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine .
107. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3R,lS)-3-(2- pyrimidinylaminomethyl) cyclopentan-1-amine.
108. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,li?)-3-(l- Phenyl- IH- 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrazol -5-ylaminomethyl)cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
109. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cis-(±)-3-(3- Chloro-4-nitroanilino methyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
110. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula -(±)-3-(2- Fluoro-4-nitroanilino methyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
111. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3-(2- fluoro-4-nitroanilino methy) cyclopentylamine.
112. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cz's-(±)-Nl-
BOC-3 -(2 ,4, 5-trifluoro anilinomethyl)cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
113. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cis-(±)-3- phenylsulfanylmethyl cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
114. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cis-(±)-3- Phenylsulfonylmethyl cycopentan- 1 -amine.
115. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3- phenyl sulfanyl methyl cyclopentan-1-amine.
116. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3- phenylsulfonylmethyl cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
117. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (lS,3i?)-3- phenylsulfanylmethyl cyclopentan- 1 -amine .
118. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (lS,3i?)-3- phenylsulfonylmethyl cycopentan-1-amine.
119. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (lS,3R)-3-(4- fluorophenylsulfanyl methyl)cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
120. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (4R,lS)-4-(2- pyridysulfanylmethyl) cyclopent-2-ene- 1 -amine .
121. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (lS,3i?)-3-(2- pyridysulfanylmethyl) cyclopentyl-1-amine.
122. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (lS,3R)-2- pyridylsulfonylmethyl cyclopentan-1-amine.
123. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cw-(±)-6-(3- aminocyclopentylmethyl sulfanyl)nicotinonitrile.
124. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula ct.s-(±)-6-(3- aminocyclopentylmethyl sulfonyl)nicotinonitrile.
125. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,li?)-3-(2- pyrimidinyllsulfanyl methyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
126. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3-
(lH-benzo[rf]imidazol-2-yl sulfanylmethyl) cyclopentyl-1-amine.
127. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula cis-(±)-3-(4- nitrophenoxymethyl) cyclopentan-1-amine.
128. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,li?)-3-(4- nitrophenoxymethyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
129. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3R,lS)-3-(4- nitrophenoxymethyl) cyclopentan-1-amine.
130. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (lS,3R)-3-(4- cyanophenoxymethyl) cyclopentan-1-amine.
131. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3-(4- cyanophenoxymethyl) cyclopentan-l-amine.
132. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3-(4- cyano-3-fluorophenoxy methyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine
133. A compound according to claim 99, having the formula (3S,lR)-3-(l- cyanodibenzo[b,cT|ιuran-4-yloxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine.
134. A compound having the formula cis-(+)-6-[3-N-BOC- Aminocyclopentylmethylamino] nicotinonitrile.
135. A compound having the formula 6-[(lS,3R)-3-N-BOC- Aminocyclopentylmethylamino] nicotinonitrile.
136. A compound having the formula 6-[(lR,3S)-3-N-BOC- Aminocyclopentylmethylamino] nicotinonitrile.
137. A compound having the formula cts-(+)-6-[4-N-BOC-Amino-2- cyclopentenylmethylamino] nicotinonitrile.
138. A compound having the formula trα«s-(±)-6-(3-N-BOC-
Aminocyclopentylmethylamino) nicotinonitrile.
139. A compound having the formula czs-(±)-Νl-BOC-3-(2- pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine.
140. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2- pyrimidinylaminomethy l)cyclopentan- 1 -amine .
141. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3R,lS)-3-(2- pyrimidinylaminomethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine.
142. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(l-Phenyl-lH- l,2,3,4-tetraazol-5-ylamino methyl) -cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
143. A compound having the formula cώ-(±)-Νi-BOC-3-(3-Chloro-4- nitroanilinomethyl)cyclo pentan-l-amine.
144. A compound having the formula cώ-(±)-Ni-BOC-3-(2-Fluoro-4- nitroanilinomethyl)cyclo pentan-l-amine.
145. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2-fluoro-4- nitroanilinomethyl)cyclo pentan- 1 -amine.
146. A compound having the formula cts-(±)-2,4,5-trifluorol-[3-Ν-BOC- Aminocyclopentylcarbox- amido]benzene.
147. A compound having the formula cώ-(±)-Nl-BOC-3- phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-1-amine.
148. A compound having the formula czs-(±)-Nl-BOC-3- phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-1-amine.
149. A compound having the formula Nl- OC-(3S,lR)-3- phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan-1-amine.
150. A compound Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-l- amine.
151. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3- phenylsulfanylmethylcyclopentan- 1 -amine.
152. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3- phenylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan- 1 -amine .
153. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3-(4- fluorophenylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopean tan -1 -amine.
154. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(4S,lR)-4-(2- pyridysulfanylmethyl)cyclopent-2-ene-l-amine.
155. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(lS,3i?)-3-(2- pyridylsulfanylmethyl)cyclopentyl-l-amine.
156. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-2- pyridylsulfonylmethylcyclopentan-1-amine.
157. A compound having the formula cis-(±)-6-(3-Ν-BOC- ammocyclopentylmethylsulfanyi) nicotinonitrile .
158. A compound having the formula cz5-(±)-6-(3-N-BOC- aminocyclopentylmethylsulfonyl) nicotinonitrile.
159. A compound having the formula M-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(2- pyrimidinyllsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentan-1-amine.
160. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(lH- benzo[cf]imidazol-2-ylsulfanylmethyl) cyclopentyl-l-amine.
161. A compound having the formula cw-(±)-Nl-BOC-3-(4- nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine.
162. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(4- nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine.
163. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3i?,lS)-3-(4- nitrophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
164. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(lS,3R)-3-(4- cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine.
165. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(4- cyanophenoxymethyl)cyclopentan-l-amine.
166. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(4-cyano-3- fluorophenoxymethyl)cyclo pen tan- 1 -amine.
167. A compound having the formula Nl-BOC-(3S,lR)-3-(l- cyanodibenzo[b,<i]furan-4-yloxy methyl) cyclopentan- 1 -amine.
PCT/IB2005/000264 2004-02-03 2005-02-02 Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof WO2005075426A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IN112/MUM/2004 2004-02-03
IN112MU2004 2004-02-03
US54975904P 2004-03-02 2004-03-02
US60/549,759 2004-03-02
US59060304P 2004-07-23 2004-07-23
US60/590,603 2004-07-23
IN808MU2004 2004-07-29
IN808/MUM/2004 2004-07-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005075426A1 true WO2005075426A1 (en) 2005-08-18

Family

ID=34841809

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2005/000264 WO2005075426A1 (en) 2004-02-03 2005-02-02 Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2005075426A1 (en)

Cited By (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006035967A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2006-04-06 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridine derivatives and their use as medicaments for treating diseases related to mch receptor
WO2006040625A1 (en) * 2004-10-12 2006-04-20 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and process for their preparation
WO2007072083A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Prosidion Limited Treatment of type 2 diabetes with a combination of dpiv inhibitor and metformin or thiazolidinedione
WO2007120702A2 (en) 2006-04-11 2007-10-25 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of gpr119 receptor agonists for increasing bone mass and for treating osteoporosis, and combination therapy relating thereto
WO2008055945A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Probiodrug Ag 3-hydr0xy-1,5-dihydr0-pyrr0l-2-one derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for the treatment of ulcer, cancer and other diseases
WO2008001195A3 (en) * 2006-06-27 2008-05-22 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel processes for the preparation of dpp iv inhibitors
WO2008065141A1 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2008120813A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Combined use of dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor compound and sweetener
EP2116235A1 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-11-11 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes and conditions related thereto and for the treatment of conditions ameliorated by increasing a blood GLP-1 level
US7674913B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2010-03-09 Phenomix Corporation Heterocyclic boronic acid compounds
US7728146B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-06-01 Probiodrug Ag Enzyme inhibitors
US7767828B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2010-08-03 Phenomix Corporation Methyl and ethyl substituted pyrrolidine compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
WO2009116067A3 (en) * 2008-01-10 2010-09-10 Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited Novel derivatives of acyl cyanopyrrolidines
US7825139B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2010-11-02 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited (BM) Compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
US7838525B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2010-11-23 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2011005929A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine derivative and its use for the treatment of diabets and obesity
US7884217B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2011-02-08 Phenomix Corporation Pyrrolidine compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
WO2011029920A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Probiodrug Ag Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2011092671A1 (en) * 2010-01-29 2011-08-04 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Proline derivatives for use in the treatment of diabetes
WO2011107530A2 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011110613A1 (en) 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Probiodrug Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase (qc, ec 2.3.2.5)
WO2011127051A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
EP2376447A2 (en) * 2009-01-09 2011-10-19 Orchid Research Laboratories Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors
WO2011131748A2 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2012040279A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2012135570A1 (en) 2011-04-01 2012-10-04 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145603A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145604A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145361A1 (en) 2011-04-19 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012170702A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-12-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2013055910A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
US8501965B2 (en) 2010-05-31 2013-08-06 Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for producing 3-substituted-4-fluoropyrrolidine derivative
WO2014074668A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2014-05-15 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of gpr119 and the treatment of disorders related thereto
US8883714B2 (en) 2008-04-07 2014-11-11 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising GPR119 agonists which act as peptide YY (PYY) secretagogues
WO2014202827A1 (en) 2013-06-11 2014-12-24 Orion Corporation Novel cyp17 inhibitors/antiandrogens
US8933083B2 (en) 2003-01-14 2015-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,3-trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto such as diabetes and hyperglycemia
EP2865670A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2015-04-29 Probiodrug AG Thiourea derivatives as glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
EP3461819A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2019-04-03 Probiodrug AG Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
US10555929B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-02-11 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11007175B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2021-05-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating conditions related to the S1P1 receptor
US11253508B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2022-02-22 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. PPARy agonist for treatment of progressive supranuclear palsy
CN114516828A (en) * 2020-11-19 2022-05-20 江苏威奇达药业有限公司 Extraction process for improving extraction rate of negative nitrogen
US11534424B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2022-12-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of primary biliary cholangitis
US11884626B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2024-01-30 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline L-arginine salt of (R)-2-(7-(4-cyclopentyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrocyclo-penta [b]indol-3-yl)acetic acid(Compound1) for use in S1P1 receptor-associated disorders

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1993017020A2 (en) * 1992-02-25 1993-09-02 The Wellcome Foundation Limited Therapeutic nucleosides
WO1994024093A1 (en) * 1993-04-13 1994-10-27 Ciba-Geigy Ag Ornithine decarboxylase inhibiting cyclic aminooxy compounds
WO2001046199A1 (en) * 1999-12-22 2001-06-28 Eli Lilly And Company Methods and compounds for inhibiting mrp1
WO2001096346A1 (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-12-20 Eli Lilly And Company Tricyclic compounds as mrp1-inhibitors
WO2001096295A2 (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-20 Novartis Ag 2-cyanopyrrolidine derivatives and their use as medicaments
WO2003013526A1 (en) * 2001-08-08 2003-02-20 Merck & Co. Inc. Anticoagulant compounds
EP1464335A2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-06 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline and pyrimidine derivatives as mch antagonist
WO2004087680A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-14 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel quinazoline derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
WO2005033072A2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Scios Inc. Heterocyclic amides and sulfonamides

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1993017020A2 (en) * 1992-02-25 1993-09-02 The Wellcome Foundation Limited Therapeutic nucleosides
WO1994024093A1 (en) * 1993-04-13 1994-10-27 Ciba-Geigy Ag Ornithine decarboxylase inhibiting cyclic aminooxy compounds
WO2001046199A1 (en) * 1999-12-22 2001-06-28 Eli Lilly And Company Methods and compounds for inhibiting mrp1
WO2001096295A2 (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-20 Novartis Ag 2-cyanopyrrolidine derivatives and their use as medicaments
WO2001096346A1 (en) * 2000-06-14 2001-12-20 Eli Lilly And Company Tricyclic compounds as mrp1-inhibitors
WO2003013526A1 (en) * 2001-08-08 2003-02-20 Merck & Co. Inc. Anticoagulant compounds
EP1464335A2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-06 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline and pyrimidine derivatives as mch antagonist
WO2004087680A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-14 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel quinazoline derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
WO2005033072A2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Scios Inc. Heterocyclic amides and sulfonamides

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CAMPBELL J A ET AL: "CHIROSPECIFIC SYNTHESES OF PREDURSORS OF CYCLOPENTANE AND CYCLOPENTENE CARBOCYCLIC NUCLEOSIDES BY Ú3 + 3-COUPLING AND TRANSANNULAR ALKYLATION", JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. EASTON, US, vol. 60, no. 14, 1995, pages 4602 - 4616, XP002041314, ISSN: 0022-3263 *
FORTT S M ET AL: "An Approach to a Carbocyclic Analogue of Cyclic Adenosine 5@?-Diphosphate Ribose. The Synthesis and Bisphosphorylation of N<1>-[(1S, 3R)-3-(Hydroxymethyl)cyclopent-1-yl]inosine", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 38, no. 30, 28 July 1997 (1997-07-28), pages 5371 - 5374, XP004083322, ISSN: 0040-4039 *
GRUMANN A ET AL: "The Synthesis of trans-Carbovir via the Ramberg-Backlund Reaction", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 36, no. 42, 16 October 1995 (1995-10-16), pages 7767 - 7768, XP004027138, ISSN: 0040-4039 *
MEKRAMI, MOUNIA ET AL: "Enzymic asymmetric synthesis of cis-4-cyclopentene-1,3-dimethanol monoacetate", TETRAHEDRON: ASYMMETRY , 3(3), 431-6 CODEN: TASYE3; ISSN: 0957-4166, 1992, XP002329458 *
VILLHAUER E B ET AL: "1-ÄÄ(3-HYDROXY-1-ADAMANTYL)AMINOÜACETYLÜ-2-CYANO-(S)-PYRROLIDINE: A POTENT, SELECTIVE, AND ORALLY BIOAVAILABLE DIPEPTIDYL PEPTIDASE IV INHIBITOR WITH ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC PROPERTIES", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 46, no. 13, 2003, pages 2774 - 2789, XP001165747, ISSN: 0022-2623 *

Cited By (63)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8933083B2 (en) 2003-01-14 2015-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,3-trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto such as diabetes and hyperglycemia
US8546429B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2013-10-01 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,3-trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
US7838525B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2010-11-23 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
US8415295B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2013-04-09 Phenomix Corporation Heterocyclic boronic acid compounds
US7906658B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2011-03-15 Phenomix Corporation Pyrrolidine compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
US7884217B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2011-02-08 Phenomix Corporation Pyrrolidine compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
US7767828B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2010-08-03 Phenomix Corporation Methyl and ethyl substituted pyrrolidine compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
US7674913B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2010-03-09 Phenomix Corporation Heterocyclic boronic acid compounds
WO2006035967A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2006-04-06 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridine derivatives and their use as medicaments for treating diseases related to mch receptor
US7524844B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2009-04-28 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors, process for their preparation and compositions containing them
AU2005293266B2 (en) * 2004-10-12 2011-09-29 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Novel dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and process for their preparation
EA013463B1 (en) * 2004-10-12 2010-04-30 ГЛЕНМАРК ФАРМАСЬЮТИКАЛС Эс.Эй. Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, process for their preparation and method for the treatment using thereof
US7538128B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2009-05-26 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors, process for their preparation and compositions containing them
US7205323B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2007-04-17 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and process for their preparation
WO2006040625A1 (en) * 2004-10-12 2006-04-20 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and process for their preparation
EP2116235A1 (en) 2005-01-10 2009-11-11 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes and conditions related thereto and for the treatment of conditions ameliorated by increasing a blood GLP-1 level
US7825139B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2010-11-02 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited (BM) Compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
WO2007072083A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Prosidion Limited Treatment of type 2 diabetes with a combination of dpiv inhibitor and metformin or thiazolidinedione
WO2007120702A2 (en) 2006-04-11 2007-10-25 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of gpr119 receptor agonists for increasing bone mass and for treating osteoporosis, and combination therapy relating thereto
EP2253311A2 (en) 2006-04-11 2010-11-24 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of GPR119 receptor agonists for increasing bone mass and for treating osteoporosis, as well as combination therapy relating thereto
US7728146B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-06-01 Probiodrug Ag Enzyme inhibitors
WO2008001195A3 (en) * 2006-06-27 2008-05-22 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel processes for the preparation of dpp iv inhibitors
US7893103B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2011-02-22 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals, S.A. Processes for the preparation of DPP IV inhibitors
WO2008055945A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Probiodrug Ag 3-hydr0xy-1,5-dihydr0-pyrr0l-2-one derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for the treatment of ulcer, cancer and other diseases
WO2008065141A1 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2008120813A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Combined use of dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor compound and sweetener
EP2865670A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2015-04-29 Probiodrug AG Thiourea derivatives as glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
WO2009116067A3 (en) * 2008-01-10 2010-09-10 Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited Novel derivatives of acyl cyanopyrrolidines
US8883714B2 (en) 2008-04-07 2014-11-11 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising GPR119 agonists which act as peptide YY (PYY) secretagogues
JP2015091889A (en) * 2009-01-09 2015-05-14 オーキッド ケミカルズ アンド ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor
EP2376447A2 (en) * 2009-01-09 2011-10-19 Orchid Research Laboratories Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors
EP2376447A4 (en) * 2009-01-09 2012-06-20 Orchid Res Lab Ltd Dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors
JP2012514630A (en) * 2009-01-09 2012-06-28 オーキッド リサーチ ラボラトリーズ リミテッド Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor
US8466145B2 (en) 2009-01-09 2013-06-18 Orchid Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors
WO2011005929A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperidine derivative and its use for the treatment of diabets and obesity
WO2011029920A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Probiodrug Ag Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2011092671A1 (en) * 2010-01-29 2011-08-04 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Proline derivatives for use in the treatment of diabetes
WO2011107530A2 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011110613A1 (en) 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Probiodrug Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase (qc, ec 2.3.2.5)
WO2011127051A1 (en) 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2011131748A2 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
US8501965B2 (en) 2010-05-31 2013-08-06 Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for producing 3-substituted-4-fluoropyrrolidine derivative
US10894787B2 (en) 2010-09-22 2021-01-19 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the GPR119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
EP3323818A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2018-05-23 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012040279A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2012135570A1 (en) 2011-04-01 2012-10-04 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145361A1 (en) 2011-04-19 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145603A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012145604A1 (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-26 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2012170702A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-12-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2013055910A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of the gpr119 receptor and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2014074668A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2014-05-15 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of gpr119 and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2014202827A1 (en) 2013-06-11 2014-12-24 Orion Corporation Novel cyp17 inhibitors/antiandrogens
US11007175B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2021-05-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating conditions related to the S1P1 receptor
US10772865B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-09-15 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US10555929B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-02-11 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11400072B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2022-08-02 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11884626B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2024-01-30 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline L-arginine salt of (R)-2-(7-(4-cyclopentyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrocyclo-penta [b]indol-3-yl)acetic acid(Compound1) for use in S1P1 receptor-associated disorders
US11534424B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2022-12-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of primary biliary cholangitis
US11253508B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2022-02-22 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. PPARy agonist for treatment of progressive supranuclear palsy
EP3461819A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2019-04-03 Probiodrug AG Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
CN114516828A (en) * 2020-11-19 2022-05-20 江苏威奇达药业有限公司 Extraction process for improving extraction rate of negative nitrogen

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2005075426A1 (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof
JP7092784B2 (en) αvβ6 integrin inhibitor
EP1799639B1 (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and process for their preparation
WO2006090244A1 (en) New adamantane derivatives as dipeptidyl, peptidase iv inhibitors, processes for their preparation, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CA2682846C (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors and processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO2007099385A1 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor compounds and compositions
JP6618120B2 (en) Heterocyclic and carbocyclic derivatives having TrkA inhibitory activity
CN114728940A (en) GLP-1 receptor agonists and uses thereof
WO2005033099A2 (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof
AU2016382463A1 (en) LSD1 inhibitors
WO2005058849A1 (en) New dipeptidyl peptidase in inhibitors; process for their preparation and compositions containing them
WO2001007411A1 (en) Biarylurea derivatives
JP2017501236A (en) Pyrrolidinyl sulfone derivatives and their use as RORγ regulators
WO2017006953A1 (en) HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVE HAVING TrkA-INHIBITING ACTIVITY
US20050192324A1 (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors; processes for their preparation and compositions thereof
WO2006011035A1 (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors; process for their preparation and compositions containing them
WO2008029217A2 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors
WO2001043744A1 (en) Phenoxypropanolamines, method for producing them and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CN115413279A (en) P2X3 modulators
JP5775235B2 (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor
CA2808590A1 (en) Sulfonylpiperazine derivatives that interact with glucokinase regulatory protein for the treatment of diabetes
RU2443687C2 (en) Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors, synthesis methods thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing said inhibitors
CN117321042A (en) Oxodihydro indole compounds for the treatment of inflammatory diseases or cancers
EP3189044B1 (en) Crystalline (2s)-3-[(3s,4s)-3-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-4-(4-methoxy-3-{[1-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)azetidin-3-yl]oxy}phenyl) -3-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-oxopropane-1,2-diol
CN112851671B (en) 4-substituted pyrido [2,3-d ] pyrimidine-7-ketone compound and preparation method and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase